Army Field Manual : Mission Training Plan for the Transportation Cargo Transfer Company

This Mission Training Plan document is missing booklet cover and several other pages.

Doc_type: 
Other
Doc_date: 
Wednesday, August 22, 2001
Doc_rel_date: 
Thursday, December 30, 2004
Doc_text: 

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
9. Unit prepares to cross contaminated area.
a.
Employs MOPP level 4.

b.
Employs equipment and cargo protection measures.

c.
Closes all air vents and windows on vehicles.

d.
Employs extra shielding for non-armored vehicles.

10. Unit crosses contaminated area.
a.
Follows route as marked by reconnaissance party or by overlay.

b.
Employs precautions that minimize dust.

c.
Avoids low ground, overhead branches, and heavy brush.

d.
Moves as quickly as possible across contaminated area without unnecessary halts and delays.

e.
Verifies that all vehicles have crossed the contaminated area and are out of the affected area before stopping.

f.
Forwards crossing report to march commander using analog and digital communications.

* 11. Convoy commander supervises crossing of contaminated area. .
_
a.
Establishes extended interval or staggered parallel routes to minimize radioactive dust pickup.

b.
Monitors convoy elements crossings to ensure compliance with TSOP.

c.
Maintains communications with all march elements during crossing using analog and digital communications.

d.
Directs dropping of all expendable covering materials at the edge of the contaminated area.

e.
Forwards crossing report to the higher HQ staff element when all convoy elements have crossed the contaminated area using analog and digital communications.

5-149
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
12. Convoy commander supervises decontamination measures.

a.
Identifies level of decontamination required in coordination with higher HQ staff element.

b.
Directs implementation of basic soldier skill decontamination based on level of contamination, weather, and tactical situation.

c.
Directs implementation of hasty decontamination based on level of contamination, weather, and the tactical situation.

d. Enforces OPSEC measures during decontamination operations.

e.
Records radiation level readings from selected personnel wearing dosimeters.

f.
Forwards radiation exposure status to higher HQ staff element using analog and digital communications.

g.
Coordinates Call For Support for detailed decontamination support with higher HQ staff using analog and digital communications.

. h. Monitors personnel for symptoms of radiation sickness.
13. Unit performs radiological decontamination.
a. Locates radiological contamination using unit radiacmeter.
b.
Performs personal wipedown technique on individual equipment within 15 minutes of contamination by brushing, scraping, or shaking dry contaminant from equipment, if possible.

c. Washes exposed area of skin with soap and water.

d.
Wipes off mask, hood, helmet, gloves, footwear covers, and other personal equipment with soapy water.

e.
Disposes of contaminated dust and articles IAW prescribed techniques in higher HQ OPORD and the battalion and unit TSOP.

f.
Measures level of residual radiation using radiacmeters to determine if contamination is negligible.

g.
Assists in hasty decontamination of equipment (vehicle washdown).

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
h. Conducts deliberate decontamination.
i. Constructs sumps and runoff ditches to control contaminated
drainage.

*
14. Convoy commander coordinates resumption of road march.

a. Designates SP location and times for all convoy elements.

b.
Reschedules checkpoint and RP crossing times in coordination
with higher HQ staff element.

c.
Provides new march instructions to all convoy elements.

d.
Directs covering and marking of contaminated runoff areas.

e.
Affixes locations of contaminated runoff areas on map overlay(s).

f.
Forwards march resumption reports to the higher HQ staff element
using analog and digital communications.

15. Unit performs march resumption activities.
a.
Covers areas used for decontamination.

b.
Marks entrance and exit to contaminated area.

c. Records radiation dose readings of areas used for decontamination
operations.

d. Crosses new SP at time prescribed by the convoy commander.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.
5-151
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
2. Unit takes action against sniper fire.
a.
Maintain situational awareness using analog and digital communications.

b.
Reports sniper fire to convoy commander immediately upon contact.

c.
Returns fire immediately that kills snipers or suppresses their fire (designated personnel only).

d. Increases column rate of march and vehicle interval.
*3. Convoy commander supervises defense against ambush, road blocked or road not blocked.
a.
Identifies location of ambush site on map with map overlay using analog and digital communications.

b.
Directs convoy elements under attack to employ correct protective actions as prescribed in higher HQ movement order and TSOP.

c.
Provides instructions on halt points and security requirements to all convoy elements.

d.
Forwards initial incident report to higher HQ staff element using analog and digital communications.

e.
Directs hardened vehicles with automatic fire capability into position to lay down concentrated fire on threat position(s).

f.
Directs the convoy elements ahead and convoy element following to organize security teams to attack flanks of threat ambush party.

g.
Maintains constant communications with all convoy elements engaging threat to immediately make adjustments to tactical situation using analog and digital communications.

h.
Forwards subsequent SITREP reports to higher HQ staff element as situation changes using analog and digital communications.

i.
Requests immediate CAS and/or indirect fire support from higher HQ staff element using analog and digital communications.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
j. Directs use of pyrotechnics for signaling or marking areas.
k. Develops contingency plans to displace elements not under attack and withdraw elements under attack.
4. Unit defends against ground ambush (road not blocked).
a.
Reports ambush to convoy commander immediately upon contact using analog and digital communications.

b. Identifies threat location(s).

c.
Returns fire immediately that kills threat and suppresses their fire (non-driving personnel).

d.
Stops vehicles (not in kill zone).

e.
Increases rate of march until out of kill zone (vehicles in kill zone).

f.
Keeps roadway clear by pushing disabled vehicles aside.

g.
Organizes security element(s) of soldiers not in kill zone (senior member present).

h.
Directs fire and maneuver of security elements to allow remaining vehicles to pass through kill zone (senior member present).

i.
Forwards SITREP to convoy commander using analog and digital communications.

5. Unit defends against ground attack (road blocked).
a.
Reports ambush to convoy commander immediately upon contact.

b.
Dismounts vehicles on opposite side of direction of ambush.

c.
Returns fire immediately which kills threat or suppresses their fire (soldiers in kill zone).

d.
Takes up firing positions while awaiting orders (soldiers not in kill zone).

e.
Organizes security element(s) of soldiers not in kill zone (senior member present).

5-155
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
f.
Directs fire and maneuver of security elements to allow removal of road block (senior member present).

g.
Forwards SITREP to convoy commander using analog and digital communications.

*6. Convoy commander requests indirect fire support.
a.
Requests fire support IAW instructions in the higher HQ movement order or TSOP using analog and digital communications.

b. Identifies grid direction to threat location.

c.
Identifies threat target location using grid coordinates or shift from a known point.

d.
Transmits call for fire in proper sequence using analog and digital communications.

e.
Transmits fire adjustment information in proper sequence to the fire support element, if an "adjust fire" mission is required, using analog and digital communications.

f.
Transmits "end of mission" and surveillance report if fire was sufficient using analog and digital communications.

*7. Convoy commander requests CAS.
a. Verifies threat position(s).
b.
Requests CAS by means prescribed in higher HQ movement order using analog and digital communications.

c. Supervises preparation of unit personnel for friendly strike.

d.
Directs marking of friendly unit location(s) with prescribed colored smoke.

e.
Communicates strike effectiveness to higher HQ staff element using analog and digital communications.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
8. Unit employs passive defense measures against air attack.
a.
Provides the prescribed signal to alert column.

b.
Staggers vehicles to avoid linear patterns.

c.
Drives vehicle in shadows or wood line.

d.
Assumes firing positions.

e.
Fires only upon command.

f. Reports all aircraft actions to higher HQ staff element using analog and digital communications.
9. Unit employs active defense measures against air attack.
a.
Employs the prescribed signal to alert march elements.

b.
Identifies threat aircraft visually.

c.
Disperses vehicles to concealed locations.

d.
Assumes firing positions.

e.
Prepares crew-served weapons for firing.

f. Fires weapons at attacking aircraft only if fired upon or on command.
*
10. Convoy commander supervises reorganization after attack.

a.
Identifies status of all personnel, equipment, and cargo through convoy element reports using analog and digital communications.

b.
Coordinates requirements within march elements for load transfer, vehicle repairs, MA , and medical evacuation using analog and digital communications.

c.
Requests emergency destruction authorization from higher HQ staff element for unrepairable items using analog and digital communications.

d.
Forwards SITREP to higher HQ staff element using analog and digital communications.

5-157

DODDOA-007022
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
11. Unit reorganizes after the attack.
a. Maintains 360-degree surveillance.
b.
Treats casualties. NOTE: See Task 63-2-4517 for detailed treatment procedures.

c.
Reports casualties using analog and digital communications.

d.
Requests air ambulance support through convoy commander.

e.
Reestablishes chain of command, if necessary.

f.
Secures landing zone, if air ambulance is required.

g.
Evacuates casualties. NOTE: See Task 63-2-4316 for detailed casualty evacuation procedures.

h.
Performs MA functions. NOTE: See Task 10-2-4513 for detailed MA procedures.

i.
Assesses damage to vehicles and cargo to determine operability and repairability.

j.
Performs BDAR for recoverable vehicles.

k.
Removes critical items from unrecoverable vehicles.

1. Requests emergency destruction of vehicles and non-medical equipment from march commander using analog and digital communications.
m. Forwards SITREP to convoy commander using analog and digital communications.
n.
Reorganizes convoy elements.

o.
Resumes march.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
T
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
References Task Number Task Title
STP 21-1-SMCT 071-311-2007 Engage Targets With an M16A1 or M I6A2 Rifle 071-312-3031 Engage Targets With an M60 Machine Gun
071-326-0503 Move Over, Through, or Around Obstacles (Except Minefields)
STP 21-24-SMCT 061-283-6003 Adjust Indirect Fire 081-831-0101 Request Medical Evacuation 441-091-1040 Visually Identify Threat Aircraft
STP 21-11-MQS 01-0401.20-0001 Direct Unit Air Defense 03-4995.90-0010 Direct Vehicle and Equipment Recovery Operations STP 21-I-MQS 04-3303.01-0019 Use a Map Overlay
OPFOR TASKS AND STANDARDS
TASK: CONDUCT HASTY AMBUSH (63-OPFOR-1003)
CONDITION: OPFOR element is moving in a wooded area when an enemy march element is seen moving along a nearby route.
STANDARD: 1. Prepare ambush site before arrival of enemy element. 2. Surprise enemy forces. 3. Inflict casualties within the designated kill zone. 4. Inflict damage to vehicles and equipment within the designated kill zone. 5. Delay enemy march element from reaching its destination for a specified period. 6. Withdraw, on order, within two minutes of ambush initiation. 7. Report actions to superiors.
5-159
TASK: CONDUCT DELIBERATE AMBUSH (63-OPFOR-1004)
CONDITION: OPFOR element is operating along an enemy MSR. OPFOR intelligence has reported that an enemy element is conducting a road march along the route. OPFOR has set up an ambush. The march element is approximately fifteen minutes from the ambush point. OPFOR element possesses automatic weapons, anti-armor weapons, and command detonated mines. OPFOR HQ has ordered complete destruction of march element.
STANDARD: 1. Prepare ambush site before arrival of enemy element. 2. Surprise enemy
forces. 3. Force enemy march element to halt in kill zone. 4. Initiate ambush on order of the OPFOR leader. 5. Kill, wound, or capture enemy personnel, and destroy specified vehicles and
equipment in the kill zone. 6. Engage enemy reinforcements and security elements. 7. Consolidate and withdraw from the area on order. 8. Report all specified PIR and other
intelligence requirements.
TASK: CONDUCT SNIPER OPERATIONS (63-OPFOR-1005)
CONDITION: OPFOR has assigned snipers, regular and/or irregular elements, in the enemy rear area along MSR and near support sites.
STANDARD: 1. Set up well concealed location(s). 2. Engage vehicle drivers or personnel on foot with short bursts of semi-automatic fire. 3. Kill or wound selected target. 4. Prevent position from being discovered by enemy forces. 5. Evacuate the area without being spotted. 6. Report all specified PIR and other intelligence requirements to OPFOR HQ.
ELEMENT: UNIT
TASK: SET UP UNIT DEFENSE (63-2-4011) (FM 21-75, FM 3-4, FM 7-10, TC 5-400)
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M (circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT T P U (circle)
CONDITIONS: The unit is required to complete the set up of the unit defense IAW the time limit set by the commander. The unit has analog and digital communications with higher HQ. The • higher HQ OPORD with all annexes and overlays, the unit TSOP, and higher HQ TSOP are available. Unit defense plan is available. All fighting positions, locations of obstacles, and early warning devices are selected. This task is performed under all day and night environmental conditions. The unit is subject to air, NBC, and ground Level I threat forces attack. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: All preparations are completed for the defense within the time specified and IAW the defense plan. At MOPP4, performance degradation factors increase response times.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Unit leaders supervise set up of element defensive sector.

a.
Assign all personnel to primary fighting positions based on type
weapon as prescribed in the defense plan.

b.
Assign sectors of fire for each primary position as prescribed in the
defense plan.

c.
Assign alternate and supplementary positions for each primary
position.

d. Assign sectors of fire for each supplementary position.

e.
Verify sectors of fire, range cards, aiming stakes, and possible dead
space before authorizing construction of positions.

f.
Supervise construction of individual fighting positions within the
element's sector.

g.
Supervise clearing of fields of fire.

h.
Supervise construction of obstacles IAW the defense plan.

i.
Supervise construction of OP/LP.

5-161
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
j. Supervise emplacement of expedient warning device and position barriers.
k. Assign personnel to unit internal reaction force IAW defense plan.
1. Prepare defensive sector sketch showing the location and sector of fire for each weapon, all known dead space, and the location and estimated ranges to prominent terrain features within the assigned area.
m.
Forward sector sketch to unit leader using analog and digital communications or messenger.

n. Enforce safety procedures IAW TSOP and publications.

o.
Enforce environmental stewardship protection program procedures IAW TC 5-400.

2. Unit personnel construct primary fighting positions.
a.
Identify position location and sector of fire as directed by unit leader.

b.
Dig an initial hasty fighting position at least one-half meter (18 to 20 inches) deep and with partially cleared fields of fire.

c.
Walk sector to determine ranges and dead space using buddy system.

d.
Improve hasty fighting position to a two-man position.

e.
Install sector of fire stakes to identify area directed by unit leader.

f.
Prepare appropriate range card by sighting in automatic weapons, anti armor weapons, and grenade launchers on the assigned engagement area.

g.
Dig position to fit the natural cover available at least armpit deep Using dirt to build a parapet (front cover) at least 18 inches thick.

h.
Dig two trench grenade sumps, one at each end of the two-man position, and sloped toward the sumps. -

i. Complete clearing fields of fire, using foliage for camouflage.

j.
Construct overhead and flank cover for fighting position as time permits.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
k. Camouflage position to prevent easy detection from 35 meters.
1. Report completion of primary positions to the unit leader.
m.
Mark alternate and supplementary positions as directed by unit
leader.

n. Employ safety procedures IAW TSOP and publications.

o.
Employ environmental stewardship protection program procedures IAW TC 5-400.

3. Unit personnel emplace obstacles and early warning devices.
a.
Place PEWS into operation at location(s) directed by the element leader.

b.
Emplace man-made barriers, concertina wire and field expedient devices in locations directed by the unit leader.

c.
Position trip flares and field-expedient noise devices in locations directed by the unit leader.

d. Camouflage all obstacles and devices.

e.
Report completion of barrier emplacements to the unit leader using analog and digital communications or messenger.

f. Employ safety procedures JAW TSOP and publications.

g.
Employ environmental stewardship protection program procedures IAW TC 5-400.

*4. Unit leaders supervise set up of defensive sector.
a.
Consolidate element defense sketches, after verification of compliance, into a unit defensive sector sketch.

b.
Forward unit's defensive sector sketch to unit CP within one hour after arrival at the new site using analog and digital communications or messenger.

c.
Inspect unit positions to ensure structure, camouflage, and location comply with the unit defense plan and TSOP.

5-163

DODDOA-007028
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
d.
Verify interlocking fires, dead space, and sector of fire for key weapon positions.

e.
Inspect OP/LP and personnel for communications, camouflage, and knowledge of withdrawal route.

f.
Inspect obstacles to ensure compliance with unit defense plan and TSOP.

g.
Report completion of sector set up to CP using analog and digital communications or messenger.

h. Enforce safety procedures IAW TSOP and publications.

i.
Enforce environmental stewardship protection program procedures IAW TC 5-400.

5. Unit personnel establish OP/LP.
a. Position OP/LP within effective small arms range of unit elements.
b.
Establish communications (analog and digital means) with nearest unit element and the CP.

c.
Camouflage OP/LP to prevent it from being detected within 35 meters.

d.
Establish withdrawal route that provides adequate cover and concealment.

*6. Commander supervises set up of the unit's defensive sector.
a.
Inspects defensive preparation to ensure compliance with the defense plan.

b.
Consolidates element sector defense sketches, after verification of compliance, into the unit sector sketch.

c.
Forwards unit sector sketch to the battalion S2/S3 element using analog and digital communications or messenger.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
d.
Maintains sector sketch in the CP using digital device and analog
displays.

e.
Directs establishment of centrally located ammunition resupply and
casualty collection point in the unit area.

f. Enforces safety procedures IAW TSOP and publications.
g Enforces environmental stewardship protection program
procedures lAW TC 5-400.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
References Task Number Task Title
STP 21-I-SMCT 071-326-5703 Construct Individual Fighting Positions 071-331-0852 Clear a Field Of Fire STP 21-24-SMCT 071-326-5704 Supervise Construction of a Fighting Position 071-326-5705 Establish An Observation Post STP 21-II-MQS 01-1940.00-1001 Supervise Construction of Obstacles
5-165
ELEMENT: UNIT
TASK: PREPARE UNIT FOR NUCLEAR, BIOLOGICAL, AND CHEMICAL CONDITIONS (63-2-4013) (FM 3-4, (FM 3-3, TC 5-400)
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M (circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT T P U (circle)
CONDITIONS: An NBC threat exists. The unit has analog and digital communications with higher HQ. The higher HQ OPORD, unit TSOP, and higher HQ TSOP are available. The CP, bivouac and operational areas, and perimeter defenses are set up. Unit and individual NBC defense equipment are available. The unit commander has provided his guidance. Threat has the capability to deliver chemical/biological agents and nuclear weapons. NBC Vulnerability Analysis is performed by the higher HQ NBC officer/NCO and distributed to the unit. This task is performed under all day and night environmental conditions. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: All NBC defense preparatory tasks are completed TAW the TSOP and OPORD and within the time set forth by the higher HQ staff personnel. At MOPP4, performance degradation factors increase time required to perform this task.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Commander and leaders plan unit NBC defense preparatory activities.

a.
Identify stated policies and procedures by reviewing the TSOP and
OPORD.

b.
Identify current NBC threat and recommended countermeasures in
coordination with the higher HQ staff element and unit NBC specialist.

c. Identify location(s) of natural shelters consistent with NBC threat.

d.
Identify location(s) for construction of protective shelters, if
required or available.

e. Identify location(s) for placement of automatic alarm systems.

f.
Provide instructions on improvement of individual and crew-served
weapons fighting positions.

g. Identify the availability of personnel to perform tasks.

h.
Designate MOPP level as prescribed by the higher HQ staff
element.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES , GO NO GO
i.
Establish decontamination priorities for operational sites in
coordination with the higher HQ staff element.

j. List tasks to be performed and time limits for each task.

k.
Disseminate NBC defense preparation plan to all subelements
using analog and digital communications or messenger.

1. Task elements to provide NBC equipment operators.
m. Conduct MOPP analysis.

n.
Provide guidance for the protection of food, water, and mission
essential supplies.

*2. Element leaders implement NBC defense plan and preparatory tasks.
a.
Conduct inventory of all element NBC defense equipment.

b.
Request issue of shortages from the unit supply facility.

c.
Direct placement of automatic alarm system(s) located in element areas.

d.
Direct improvement of individual fighting positions with consideration for blast, thermal, and nuclear radiation, electromagnetic pulse, transient radiation effects on electronics, and blackout.

e.
Supervise construction of protective shelters in assigned area.

f.
Assign each element member to a protective shelter.

g.
Forward roster of all element NBC defense equipment operators to the CP using appropriate BFACS.

h.
Provide instructions on audio and visual NBC alarms, MOPP level, and protective shelters.

i.
Inspect all NBC defense equipment for proper fit, serviceability, and accountability.

j. Enforce field sanitation and personal hygiene measures.

k.
Inspect all element personnel for compliance with measures prescribed by the battalion and unit TSOP, OPORD, and commander's directives.

5-167
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
1. Forward element completion report to CP using analog and digital communications or messenger.
m. Enforce safety procedures IAW TSOP and applicable publications.
n. Enforces environmental protection program procedures IAW TC 5-
400.

3. Unit personnel perform NBC defense preparatory tasks.
a.
Construct protective shelters at locations designated by element leaders.

b.
Improve fighting positions with consideration for blast, thermal, and radiation effects.

c.
Perform PMCS on all survey equipment, monitoring equipment, and chemical detection equipment.

d. Zero all dosimeters using appropriate charger.

e.
Inspect protective masks and clothing for serviceability and accountability.

f.
Identify assigned protective shelters or defensive positions in case of an attack.

g.
Carry protective mask with hood, skin decontamination kit, and detector paper (as permitted by designated MOPP level).

h.
Store overgarments, overboots, and gloves within reach while at workstation (as permitted by designated MOPP level).

i.
Employ field sanitation and personal hygiene measures.

j.
Employ safety procedures IAW TSOP and publications.

k.
Employ environmental stewardship protection program procedures IAW TC 5-400.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
References Task Number Task Title
STP 21-1-SMCT 031-503-1004 Protect Yourself From Chemical and Biological Injury/ Contamination Using Your M17-Series Protective Mask With Hood
031-503-1006 Protect Yourself From NBC Injury/Contamination When Drinking From Your Canteen While Wearing Your Protective Mask
031-503-1012 Protect Yourself From Chemical and Biological Injury/ Contamination Using Your M24 or M25-Series Protective Mask With Hood
031-503-1015 Protect Yourself From NBC Injury/Contamination With Mission-Oriented Protective Posture (MOPP) Gear
031-503-1018 React to a Nuclear Hazard 031-503-1019 React to Chemical or Biological Hazard/Attack 031-503-1024 Replace Canister on Your M40-Series Protective Mask 031-503-1026 Maintain Your M40-Series Protective Mask With Hood
031-506-1052 Protect Yourself and Others From Chemical and Biological Injury/Contamination by Using (Entering or Exiting) a Collective Protection Shelter

5-169
References Task Number

STP 21-24-SMCT 031-503-2013 031-503-2020
031-503-3006
031-503-3008
031-503-3010
031-504-3001 850-001-3001

STP 21-1:1-MQS S4-5030.00-3003
Task Title
Use and Perform Operator Maintenance on the IML74-Series Radiacmeter Use and Perform Operator Maintenance on the IM93 or IM147 Dosimeter and PPL578-Series Charger Supervise Radiation Monitoring Implement Mission-Oriented Protective Posture Supervise Employment of Nuclear, Biological, or Chemical Markers Supervise Positioning of the Chemical Agent Alarm Control Mission Safety Hazards Describe Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical Defense Concepts

ELEMENT: UNIT
TASK: EMPLOY OPERATIONS SECURITY MEASURES (63-2-4016) (AR 530-1 AR 380-19, AR 380-19-1)
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M (circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT T P U (circle)
CONDITIONS: Support operations are commencing. The unit has analog and digital communications with higher HQ. The higher HQ OPORD with all annexes and overlays, unit TSOP, and higher HQ TSOP are available. Support operations are being carried out lAW the support plan: The unit and higher HQ OPSEC plan are available. Threat forces are capable of intelligence gathering by electronic, visual, and audio means. Directed Energy devices may be used in the area. This task is performed under all day and night environmental conditions. The unit is subject to air, NBC, and all levels of threat forces attacks. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: The unit's location is not compromised by electronic, visual, or auditory means. The unit prevents the enemy from learning its strength, disposition, and intentions. At MOPP4, performance degradation factors increase the implementation time for OPSEC measures.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Commander and leaders supervise OPSEC activities.

a.
Inspect guard post and dismount point(s) to ensure compliance with
TSOP or other written/oral instructions.

b.
Inspect unit's camouflage to ensure compliance with TSOP and .command guidance.

c.
Monitor information security measures to ensure compliance with
TSOP and command guidance.

d.
Monitor signal security measures to ensure compliance with TSOP
and command guidance.

e.
Monitor employment of counter and counter-countersurveillance
measures to ensure procedures are taken JAW TSOP and command guidance.

f.
Monitor employment of automated systems security and defense
against DE devices preventive measures to ensure compliance with TSOP and
command guidance.

g.
Perform "on-the-spot correction" when OPSEC weaknesses or
violations are discovered.

5-171
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
2. Unit personnel employ information security measures.
a. Account for all OPORDs and annexes by requiring receipt signature during distribution.
NOTE: OPORDs should be sent by secure analog and digital means when possible to reduce the number of written copies.
b.
Account for all SOIs/SSIs at all times.

c.
Control all operational information on a need-to-know basis.

d.
Maintain all classified information and materials in an authorized security container.

e.
Maintain emergency destruction instructions IAW applicable regulations and the TSOP.

f.
Maintain details of military activities separate from personnel activities.

3. Unit personnel employ SIGSEC measures.
a. Transmit mission essential information by secure radio or secure digital means only.
NOTE: If situation permits, information should be transmitted by secure analog and digital device to minimize detection and voice transmissions.
b.
Employ authentication and encryption codes specified in the SOFSSI.

c.
Employ code names for persons, equipment, units, and locations when transmitting over non-secure means IAW SOUSSI.

d. Transmit messages no longer than 20 seconds.

e.
Report all COMSEC discrepancies/violations to higher HQ communications personnel.

NOTE: Encryption may not be necessary with SINCGARS radios and digital communication.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
4. Unit personnel employ Electronic Protection (EP).
a.
Tune equipment to assigned frequencies specified in current SOI/SSI.

b.
Observe all radio silence periods as directed.

c.
Employ correct anti jamming procedures.

d.
Forward MI.11 Feeder Voice Template Report to battalion communications personnel within 10 minutes of the incident using analog and digital communications.

5. Unit personnel employ counter-surveillance measures.
a.
Employ litter prevention measures that keep area free of trash, litter, or personal items.

b.
Employ measures that prevent creating footpaths and vehicle tracks between elements in the unit area.

c. Set radio volumes and squelches to lowest possible setting.
6. Unit personnel employ automated systems security.
a.
Position computers within an enclosure that provides controlled access.

b.
Secure all electrical facilities that support the system.

c.
Restrict access to the computer by use of classified passwords.

d.
Control all log-ons and file access by the use of unique operator passwords.

e. Destroy all printouts of reports and lists as new ones are printed.
5-173
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
7. Unit personnel employ defense against DE devices.
a.
Position unit equipment and vehicles in covered or concealed
locations.

b.
Cover glass or mirrors within line-of-sight of known threat
locations.

c.
Wear laser safety goggles when laser devices are used in the
immediate area.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
References Task Number Task Title
STP 21-I-MQS 04-3306.01-0007 Practice Noise, Light, and Litter Discipline
01-5700.02-0001 Enforce Platoon and Company Communications Security Measures
01-5767.02-0001 Conduct Electronic Counter-
Counter Measures 03-3711.12-0001 Implement Operations Security 03-3711.12-0002 Protect Classified Information
and Material 03-8952.00-9050 Employ Directed Energy and Laser Protective Measures

OPFOR TASKS AND STANDARDS
TASK: CONDUCT AERIAL RECONNAISSANCE (63-OPFOR-1007)
CONDITION: OPFOR HQ requires intelligence on the location and identification of enemy elements. Aircraft is dispatched to take photographs and conduct a visual inspection of enemy rear area.
STANDARD: 1. Photograph assigned sectors. 2. Make quick visual checks where cloud ceiling is low. 3. Locate enemy positions in the rear area, particularly support and storage bases, and C2 facilities. 4. Report MR and other information requirements to OPFOR HQ.
TASK: GATHER INTELLIGENCE (63-0PFOR-1008)
CONDITION: Small OPFOR elements, operating in the rear area, are planning attacks on enemy bases. Information is needed to complete plans.
STANDARD: 1. Identify all PIR and other intelligence requirements. 2. Pass through any outpost, defensive wire, or warning devices undetected. 3. Move to an OP that offers cover and concealment and is close enough to gather PER and other intelligence requirements. 4. Gather all PIR and other intelligence requirements. 5. Withdraw from area undetected. 6. Report all information to OPFOR HQ.
TASK: CONDUCT ELECTRONIC WARFARE (63-0PFOR-1012)
CONDITION: OPFOR employs a large number of radio detection finding sets, along with ground and airborne communications analysts, to monitor enemy forces for loose communications security practices.
STANDARD: 1. Locate the positions of enemy command, intelligence, and logistics radio nets.
2. Forward locations to OPFOR HQ. 3. Use jamming signals against enemy radio receivers. 4. Monitor enemy radio nets for intelligence information.
5-175

DODDOA-007040
ELEMENT: UNIT
TASK: PERFORM OPERATIONAL DECONTAMINATION (63-2-4018) (FM 3-5
FM 3-100, FM 3-3, FM 3-4, TC 5-400)

ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M (circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT T P U (circle)
CONDITIONS: The unit has recently been attacked with a persistent chemical agent(s). Personnel are currently in MOPP4. Unit personnel and equipment have been contaminated. The unit has analog and digital communications with higher HQ. The higher HQ OPORD with all annexes and overlays, unit TSOP, and higher HQ TSOP are available. Replacement overgarments, M291 (skin) and M295 (individual equipment) decontamination kits, super tropical bleach (STB), brooms, mops, and/or other expedient chemical defense items are on hand. This task is performed under all day and night environmental conditions. The unit is subject to air, NBC, and ground Level I threat forces attack. This task is always performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: Unit personnel perform operational decontamination within 15 minutes after attack. At MOPP4, performance degradation factors increase decontamination times.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
1. Unit personnel perform essential decontamination.
a.
Complete skin decontamination within one minute of attack or
contamination.

b.
Conduct personal equipment wipe down with super tropical bleach.

c.
Employ safety procedures IAW TSOP and publications.

d.
Employ environmental stewardship protection program procedures
IAW TC 5-400.

2. Unit personnel exchange MOPP gear.
a. Perform individual decontamination of load-bearing equipment.
b.
Remove contaminated hoods and outer garment using the buddy
system.

c.
Don fresh overgarments, overshoes, and gloves by using the buddy
system.

d.
Secure hood using the buddy system.

e.
Secure individual load-bearing equipment.

DODDOA-007041
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
References Task Number Task Title
STP 21-1-SMCT 031-503-1007 Decontaminate Your Skin and Personal Equipment Using an M258A1 Decontamination Kit
031-503-1023 Protect Yourself From NBC Injury/Contamination When Changing Mission-Oriented Protective Posture (MOPP) Gear
031-503-1024 Replace Canister On Your M40-Series Protective Mask
031-503-1025 Protect Yourself From Chemical and Biological Injury/ Contamination Using Your M40-Series Protective Mask With Hood
031-503-1033 Decontaminate Your Skin Using The M291 Skin Decontaminating Kit (SDK)
031-503-1034 Decontaminate Your Individual Equipment Using the M295 Individual Equipment Decontamination Kit (IEDK)
STP 21-24-SMCT 031-503-2012 Supervise the Fitting of Protective Masks 031-503-3009 Lead MOPP Gear Exchange 031-507-3003 Supervise Hasty Decontamination
STP 21-II-MQS 04-5030.00-2006 Supervise Unit Response to a Chemical or Biological Attack
5-177
ELEMENT: UNIT
TASK: PERFORM THOROUGH DECONTAMINAFM 3-100, FM 3-3, FM 3-4, TC 5-400) TION (63-2 -4019 ) (FM 3 -5,
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M (circle)

COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT T P U (circle)
CONDITIONS: The unit has completed operations in a contaminated area. The unit has analog and digital communications with higher HQ. The higher HQ OPORD with all annexes and overlays, unit TSOP, and higher HQ TSOP are available. The tactical situation allows the unit time to conduct a thorough equipment decontamination. The higher HQ power-driven decontamination equipment and crew are available. Only those personnel directly involved in decontamination are in MOPP4. This task is performed under all day and night environmental conditions. The unit is subject to air, NBC, and ground Level I threat forces attack. This task is always performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: Contamination removal allows personnel to operate equipment safely for extended periods at reduced MOPP levels.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
1. Unit HQ coordinates for detailed equipment decontamination.
a.
Coordinates Call For Support for additional decontamination support requirements with higher HQ staff element using analog or digital communications or messenger.

b.
Coordinates time and location with higher HQ staff element or supporting decontamination element using analog or digital communications or messenger.

c.
Dispatches an advance party to rendezvous with decontamination elements at the decontamination site.

d. Provides security and traffic control at the decontamination site.
2. Unit prepares for decontamination.
a. Completes basic soldier skill decontamination prior to leaving old AO.
b.
Prioritizes vehicles based on commander's guidance.

c.
Closes all windows and flaps on vehicles.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
d. Removes all items from inside vehicle that cannot be decontaminated by using DS2.
e. Moves vehicles and equipment to the decontamination site.
3. Unit processes vehicles and equipment through the decontamination site.
a.
Processes vehicles and equipment IAW directions of the decontamination element during decontamination operations.

b.
Moves vehicles to unit motor pool area after decontamination is completed.

c. Employ safety procedures IAW TSOP and publications.

d.
Employ environmental stewardship protection program procedures IAW TC 5-400.

4. Unit clears the decontamination site.
a.
Provides assistance to decontamination element, as required.

b.
Employ safety procedures IAW TSOP and publications.

c.
Employ environmental stewardship protection program procedures IAW TC 5-400.

d.
Forwards completion report to higher HQ staff element using analog or digital communications.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

5-179
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
References Task Number Task Title
STP 21-1-SMCT 031-503-1007 Decontaminate Your Skin and
Personal Equipment Using an
M258A1 Decontamination Kit
031-503-1034 Decontaminate Your Individual
Equipment Using The M295
Individual Equipment
Decontamination Kit (IEDK)
STP 21-24-SMCT 031-503-3009 Lead MOPP Gear Exchange
STP 21-II-MQS 04-5030.00-2006 Supervise Unit Response to a
Chemical or Biological Attack
04-5030.00-2007 Supervise Unit Response to
Nuclear Attack or Radiological
Hazard
04-5030.00-2020 Supervise Nuclear, Biological,
or Chemical Decontamination
STP 21-I-MQS 04-5030.00-2007 Supervise Unit Response to
Nuclear Attack or Radiological
Hazard

ELEMENT: UNIT
TASK: RESPOND TO THE INITIAL EFFECTS OF A NUCLEAR ATTACK (63-2-4020) (FM 3-5, FM 3-4)
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M (circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT T P U (circle)
CONDITIONS: A brilliant light flashes across the horizon. Intelligence reports from higher headquarters indicate the possible use of tactical nuclear weapons by threat forces. The unit has analog and digital communications with higher HQ. The higher HQ OPORD with all annexes and overlays, unit TSOP, and higher HQ TSOP are available. The unit is supporting operations. All nonessential equipment is stowed for protection. Positions and equipment are hardened. MOPP level 2 is designated. The unit has all authorized NBC defense equipment on hand. This task is performed under all day and night environmental conditions. The unit is subject to air, NBC, and ground Level I threat forces attack. This task is always performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: Unit personnel take immediate protective actions and reorganize the area as prescribed by the OPORD and TSOP. At MOPP4, performance degradation factors increase protective action implementation times.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
1. Unit. personnel employ immediate protective actions.
a.
Seek cover after dismounting wheeled vehicle.

b.
Lie face down on ground with head toward blast.

c.
Drop to the floor, under a desk or table, if in a shelter or building.

d.
Cover eyes and exposed skin.

e.
Place hands or fingers over ears.

f.
Stay concealed and covered until blast wave passes and debris stops
falling.

g.
Don protective mask with hood within 15 seconds after flash and
blast have passed.

h. Commence continuous monitoring.

i.
Protect all food, water, and mission essential supplies from
contamination.

5-181
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
j. Continue to improve positions prior to the arrival of fallout.
k. Request permission to move out of the expected hazard area, if mission permits, using analog and digital communications.
1.
Report radiation exposure status to S2/S3 using analog and digital communications.

2.
Unit personnel reorganizes unit area.

a. Inspects immediate area for casualties and damaged equipment.
b.
Forwards NBC 4 nuclear report to higher HQ using analog and digital communications.

c. Performs ADC operations.

d.
Treats casualties. NOTE: See Task 63-2-4517 for detailed treatment procedures.

e.
Transport casualties. NOTE: See Task 63-2-4316 for detailed casualty transportation procedures.

f. Reestablishes chain of command.

g.
Resumes operational mission within time established by the higher HQ.

h.
Forwards casualty reports to higher HQ using analog and digital communications.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS

References Task Number Task Title
STP 21-1-SMCT 031-503-1018 React to a Nuclear Hazard
STP 21-24-SMCT 031-503-2004 Prepare and Submit NBC 4
Reports
031-503-3005 Prepare and Submit NBC 1
Reports
031-503-3006 Supervise Radiation Monitoring
031-503-3008 Implement Mission-Oriented
Protective Posture
850-001-3001 Control Mission Safety Hazards
STP 21-II-MQS 04-5030.00-2007 Supervise Unit Response to
Nuclear Attack or Radiological
Hazard
04-5030.00-2008 Prepare and Submit Nuclear,
Biological, or Chemical 1
Report
04-5030.00-2019 Control Unit Radiation
Exposure
STP 21-I-MQS 04-5030.00-2007 Supervise Unit Response to
Nuclear Attack or Radiological
Hazard
04-5030.00-2019 Control Unit Radiation
Exposure
S1-5030.00-1010 The NBC Warning and
Reporting System

OPFOR TASKS AND STANDARDS
TASK: DISRUPT ENEMY MOVEMENT AND OPERATIONS USING TACTICAL NUCLEAR WEAPONS (63-0PFOR-1002)
CONDITION: Tactical nuclear weapons are employed against key locations in the rear area.
STANDARD: 1. Disrupt or delay movement of equipment and supplies to forward areas. 2. Destroy enemy equipment and supplies. 3. Inflict nuclear casualties among enemy troops. 4. Deny enemy use of specified areas. 5. Contaminate enemy equipment and supplies.
5-183
ELEMENT: UNIT
TASK: DEFEND AGAINST A LEVEL I ATTACK (63-2-4021) (FM 21-75, FM 3-3, FM 3-4, FM 7-10)
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M (circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT T P U (circle)
CONDITIONS: Automatic weapons fire is heard in the area. The unit is currently conducting its assigned mission. Intelligence reports from higher HQ indicate small threat elements are operating in the general area. Unit perimeter guards report that three to five individuals with automatic weapons and satchels are attempting to infiltrate unit defensive positions. The unit has analog and digital communications with higher HQ. The higher HQ OPORD with annexes and overlays, unit TSOP, and higher HQ TSOP are available. The unit is at a moderate perimeter manning level. S2 has designated the threat at Level I. Enemy attack causes casualties and damage to unit facilities. This task is performed under all day and night environment conditions. The unit is subject to air, NBC, and ground Level I threat forces attack. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: The unit defeats Level I threat actions using techniques outlined in the unit TSOP.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Commander and leaders direct response against a Level I attack.

a.
Forward incident report to the S2/S3 using analog and digital
communications.

b.
Notify all sub-elements of threat presence using analog and digital
communications or messenger.

c. Increase perimeter manning to appropriate levels.

d.
Direct unit fire and maneuver to defeat and drive intruders from the
unit area.

e.
Direct internal reaction forces to critical command and control
areas.

f.
Report current situation to S2/S3 as changes occur using analog and
digital communications.

g. Provide "All Clear" signal as soon as attack is over.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
h.
Decrease perimeter manning level as tactical situation permits.

i.
Direct reorganization until unit returns to normal operational level.

j. Forward casualty and battle damage reports to appropriate staff
elements using analog and digital communications.

2. Unit responds to a Level I attack.
a.
Sounds prescribed attack alarm.

b.
Occupies fighting positions, as directed.

c.
Continues normal operational mission with weapons and protective mask within reach, as directed.

d. Assembles at predesignated rally point (internal reaction force).

e.
Employs challenge and password to all personnel on CP defensive lines during night operations.

f.
Engages Level I threat with all available fire until threat is defeated and driven from the CP area.

g. Identifies casualties and weapon systems/equipment damages.

h.
Forwards SITREP to unit CP using analog and digital communications or messenger.

3. Unit responds to the effects of a Level I attack.
a.
Replaces key injured personnel.

b.
Replaces weapon systems that are destroyed during engagement.

c.
Relocates compromised fighting positions.

d.
Camouflages positions.

e. Treats casualties. NOTE: See Task 63-2-4517 for detailed treatment procedures.
-
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
f.
Transports casualties.
NOTE: See Task 63-2-4316 for detailed casualty transportation procedures.

g.
Performs ADC operations.
NOTE: See Task 63-2-4028 for detailed ADC procedures.

h. Inspects communication lines for breaks or tampering.

i.
Forwards personnel and equipment status report to unit CP using
analog and digital communications or messenger.

j.
Assembles KIAs and personal effects at designated location.
NOTE: See Task 10-2-4513 for detailed MA procedures.

k.
Moves all EPW to a designated collection area.
NOTE: See Task 63-2-4304 for details on EPW processing.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRALN1NG STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS References Task Number Task Title
STP 21-24-SMCT 071-430-0002 Conduct a Defense by a Squad
071-430-0003 Consolidate a Squad Following Enemy Contact While in the Defense
071-430-0004 Reorganize a Squad Following Enemy Contact While in the Defense
071-430-0006 Conduct a Defense by a Platoon
References Task Number Task Title
STP 21-II-MQS 01-3301.02-0011 Defend a Company Position
S3-9060.00-1000 Conduct Small Unit Combat
Operations According to the
Law of War
STP 21-I-MQS 04-3305.01-0005 Engage targets with an M16A1
or M16A2 Rifle
04-3305.01-0010 Engage Targets with an M60
Machine Gun
04-3306.01-0006 Use Challenge and Password

OPFOR TASKS AND STANDARDS
TASK: CONDUCT RAID (63-OPFOR-1009)
CONDITION: OPFOR element has occupied an objective rally point and has orders to conduct a raid on a CSS base.
STANDARD: 1. Surprise enemy forces. 2. Assault enemy support base and accomplish assigned tasks. 3. Destroy specified equipment and supplies. 4. Avoid decisive engagement. 5. Withdraw all personnel from objective area(s) within time prescribed. 6. Obtain all PIR from raid site.
TASK: CONDUCT TERRORIST AND SABOTEUR ATTACKS (63-OPFOR-1013)
CONDITION: OPFOR dispatches small teams into enemy rear area to disrupt CSS operations.
STANDARD: 1. Locate rear support bases and C2 facilities. 2. Delay and disrupt CSS operations through probes. 3. Infiltrate CSS bases to conduct sabotage and terrorist activities. 4. Inflict casualties. 5. Destroy supplies and equipment.
5-187

DODDOA-007052
ELEMENT: UNIT
TASK: PREPARE UNIT FOR LEVEL FM 21-75, FM 3-100, FM 3-4) THREAT (63-2-4022) (F M 7-10,
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M (circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT T P U (circle)

CONDITIONS: The unit is notified of a company-sized threat unit operating in the rear area. The unit has analog and digital communications with higher HQ. The higher HQ OPORD, the unit TSOP, and higher HQ TSOP are available. The higher HQ CP has ordered a defensive posture level increase and has moved the protective posture to MOPP2. Defense plans are prepared. Fighting positions, obstacles, and warning devices are emplaced or constructed. The unit continues to provide limited support to higher HQ tactical operations. This task is performed under all day and night environmental conditions. The unit is subject to air, NBC, and all levels of threat forces attacks. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: Unit is prepared to engage threat as prescribed in the TSOP and OPORD. At MOPP4, performance degradation factors significantly increase defensive posture preparation time.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Commander and leaders direct preparation for threat engagement.

a.
Plot threat force locations on the situation map as SPOTREPs are received.

b.
Disseminate current tactical situation to all subordinate elements using analog and digital communications or messenger.

c.
Direct mustering of internal response forces at predesignated rally point(s).

d.
Direct increase in defensive position manning levels.

e.
Shift internal defense forces to Level II perimeter positions.

f.
Coordinate defense preparations with adjacent units analog and digital communications.

g.
Direct preliminary loading of nonessential equipment and supplies.

h.
Direct positioning of vehicles for immediate exit.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
2. Unit performs pre-engagement activities.
a.
Occupies fighting positions (designated soldiers only).

b.
Employs MOPP2, as a minimum.

c.
Moves response force to predesignated positions within the nearest

cluster.
d. Moves supplies to predetermined positions within the nearest
cluster.
e.
Loads all nonessential equipment and supplies.

f.
Positions vehicles for rapid dispersion.

g.
Maintains surveillance of assigned sector(s).

h.
Maintains NBC surveillance.

i.
Maintains strict light and noise discipline.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates-a leader task step.
5-189
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
References Task Number Task Title
STP 21-1-SMCT 031-503-1015 Protect Yourself From NBC
Injury/Contamination With
Mission-Oriented Protective
Posture (MOPP) Gear
071-326-0513 Select Temporary Fighting
Positions
071-331-0815 Practice Noise, Light, and Litter
Discipline
STP 21-24-SMCT 031-503-2012 Supervise the Fitting of
Protective Masks
031-503-3008 Implement Mission-Oriented
Protective Posture
071-326-5704 Supervise Construction of a
Fighting Position
071-328-5301 Inspect Personnel/Equipment
STP 21-I-MQS 04-3306.01-0007 Practice Noise, Light, and Litter
Discipline

ELEMENT: UNIT
TASK: CONDUCT HASTY DISPLACEMENT (63-2-4023) (FM 7-10. FM 21-75, FM 3-3, FM 3-4)
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M (circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT T P U (circle)
CONDITIONS: The Base Cluster Operations Center (BCOC) has directed the unit to displace its CP to a new location. The unit has analog and digital communications with higher HQ. The higher HQ OPORD, the unit TSOP, and higher HQ TSOP are available. Threat force contact is expected to occur within a specified period of time. Pre-engagement activities have been completed. Threat force may arrive before displacement is completed. Indirect fire and smoke support has been coordinated to cover displacement, if required. The commander has designated a small rear security party and vehicles necessary for their transportation. Initial displacement preparations were made during defense buildup. Destruction of supplies, documents, and equipment has been coordinated with the BCOC. This task is performed under all day and night environmental conditions. The unit is subject to air, NBC, and all levels of threat forces attacks. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: Unit relocates within time specified in the order. Under MOPP4, displacement times are increased threefold.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Commander and leaders organize unit for hasty displacement.

a.
Assemble soldiers at designated area.

b.
Brief hasty displacement procedures to soldiers.

c.
Assign elements tasks and responsibilities.

d.
Designate vehicles to transport casualties.

e.
Coordinate Call For Support with S2/S3 for possible aero-medical
evacuation using analog and digital communications.

f.
Coordinate for indirect fire and smoke support with S2/S3 using
analog and digital communications.

g.
Brief rear security party.

h.
Brief location of new assembly area and designated route.

5-191
DODDOA-007056
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
2. Unit prepares for hasty displacement.
a. Dismantles tentage, antennas, and other equipment as directed by the chain of command.
NOTE: This performance measure is executed emphasizing speed rather than standard procedures.
b.
Loads equipment IAW commander's guidance.

c.
Positions vehicles for departure on notice.

d.
Maintains local security while awaiting orders to move.

3. Unit destroys non-medical supplies, equipment, and documents that have been designated for abandonment.
a.
Destroys documents IAW TSOP.

b.
Destroys supplies IAW appropriate TM and TSOP.

c.
Renders equipment inoperative IAW appropriate TM.

4. Unit departs area.
a.
Conducts orderly departure from area without excessive noises.

b.
Moves elements to new assembly area via prescribed route.

5. Rear security party provides security for unit displacement.
a.
Occupies fighting positions.

b.
Exits area as soon as last unit has departed.

NOTE: If threat elements are in the area and must be engaged, delete existing subparagraph "b" above and insert the following performance measures. b. Engages threat, when sighted, with all available weapons. c. Performs disengagement under fire to supplementary positions. d. Exits area by available means.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS References Task Number Task Title
STP 21-I-MQS 04-3305.01-0005 Engage targets with an M16A1 or M16A2 Rifle
OPFOR TASKS AND STANDARDS TASK: MAINTAIN CONTACT (63-0PFOR-1011) CONDITION: OPFOR element is tactically engaged with enemy base defense forces. Enemy
forces are withdrawing under pressure.
STANDARD: 1. Engage enemy forces decisively. 2. Advance own unit or forces as enemy
withdraws. 3. Inflict casualties.

5-193
ELEMENT: UNIT
TASK: DEFEND UNIT AREA (63-2-4024) (FM 7-10, FM 21-75, FM 3-3, FM 3-4, FM 3-5)
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M (circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT T P U (circle)
CONDITIONS: OP reports a threat element is approaching the unit's defensive sector. The unit has analog and digital communications with higher HQ. The higher HQ OPORD, the unit TSOP, and higher HQ TSOP are available. The unit has completed defensive preparations, including preplanned fire support coordination. Enemy attacking elements can be engaged with indirect fire before they reach the unit's defensive perimeter. The BCOC has tasked the unit to assist in directing artillery fire and CAS in its assigned area of defense. Higher HQ staff element has directed all but "priority" CSS to be discontinued and all available personnel be assigned to defensive perimeter duties. This task is performed under all day and night environmental conditions. The unit is subject to air, NBC, and all levels of threat forces attacks. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: Threat force is repelled or delayed until the unit is relieved by MP or TCF. At MOPP4 performance degradation factors increase reaction times.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Commander and leaders direct reaction to threat elements.

a.
Direct suspension of support activities.

b.
Direct employment of maximum defensive level.

c.
Recall all OP personnel, if not detected by threat forces.

d.
Maintain map surveillance of all threat activity in the unit's sector.

e.
Forward SPOTREPs to S2/S3 using analog or digital
communications.

f.
Forward SHELLREPs to S2/S3 using analog or digital
communications.

g.
Maintain communications with the S2/S3 using analog or digital
communications.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
h.
Direct unit by fire and maneuver to repel and/or delay penetration of threat forces into the CP area.

i.
Maintain current situation map with all known friendly and threat locations using analog and digital communications.

2. Unit personnel react to threat.
a.
Sound attack alarm.

b.
Occupy defensive positions.

c.
Forward SALUTE report to CP using analog or digital communications.

d.
Engage threat with organic weapons without compromising positions.

e.
Conduct tactical fire and maneuver to repel and/or delay penetration into CP defense.

f Forward SITREP to CP using analog or digital communications.
g.
Treat casualties with life-threatening wounds or injuries first.

h.
Replace injured key personnel.

i. Replace weapons systems that are destroyed during the engagement.
3. Unit personnel react to indirect fire.
a.
Sound alarm by shouting "incoming" and following TSOP and/or leader's commands.

b. Seek overhead cover protection of fighting position.

c.
Don protective masks within 9 seconds (with hood, within 15 seconds).

d.
Forward SHELLREP to unit CP using analog or digital communications.

e.
Conduct standard unmasking procedures, if chemical detector kit or detector paper is not available.

5-195
DODDOA-007060
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*4. Commander and leaders coordinate indirect fire support.
a.
Coordinate preplanned fires with the S2/S3 fire support element using analog or digital communications.

b.
Establish communications with fire support operations center using analog or digital communications.

c.
Request fire support using proper procedures and terminology using analog or digital communications as time permits.

d. Adjust fires on target, as necessary.

e.
Terminate fire mission using analog or digital communications as time permits.

f.
Report effects of fires to S2/S3 using analog or digital communications.

*5. Commander and leaders direct CAS.
a.
Coordinate CAS mission through the S2/S3 using analog or digital communications.

b.
Coordinate communications with CAS strike leader through the S2/S3 using analog or digital communications.

c.
Prepare unit area for CAS strikes.

d.
Identify friendly positions by use of colored smoke.

e.
Identify targets to strike leader.

f.
Adjust air strikes on target(s).

g.
Terminate CAS mission.

h.
Report strike effects to S2/S3 using analog or digital communications.

i. Forward SITREP to S2/S3 using analog or digital communications.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
References Task Number Task Title
STP 21-1-SMCT 071-311-2007 Engage Targets With an M16A1 or M16A2 Rifle 071-312-3031 Engage Targets With an M60 Machine Gun 071-325-4407 Employ Hand Grenades 071-326-0510 React to Indirect Fire While Dismounted
STP 21-24-SMCT 031-503-3008 Implement Mission-Oriented Protective Posture 061-283-6003 Adjust Indirect Fire 071-430-0002 Conduct a Defense by a Squad
STP 21-I-MQS 01-3301.02-0011 Defend a Company Position
OPFOR TASKS AND STANDARDS
TASK: CONDUCT AIR ATTACKS (63-OPFOR-1006)
CONDITION: OPFOR elements in the rear area have forwarded the positions of enemy support sites and/or the locations of road march elements to OPFOR HQ. OPFOR aircraft have been dispatched to attack enemy installations or convoys.
STANDARD: 1. Locate command and control site(s) or convoys. 2. Conduct attack runs on designated target(s). 3. Destroy enemy equipment, supplies, vehicles, and personnel.
5-197

DODDOA-007062
TASK: ATTACK (63-0PFOR-1010)
CONDITION: Enemy rear area CSS base has been located by OPFOR element. PIR and other intelligence requirements have been obtained by OPFOR patrols. OPFOR element has automatic and anti-armor weapons, and light mortars. OPFOR element is the size of approximately two platoons.
STANDARD: 1. Develop an attack plan. 2. Initiate attack using a scheme of maneuver that exploits enemy flanks, gaps, and identified weaknesses. 3. Use covered and concealed routes to approach enemy forces flanks, gaps, or weakly held areas. 4. Employ indirect fire to support attack. 5. Penetrate enemy defenses. 6. Destroy all equipment and supplies. 7. Inflict heavy casualties. 8. Isolate the CSS base by blocking reinforcements. 9. Force enemy units to displace.
10. Withdraw before CSS base is reinforced with tactical combat forces.
TASK: MAINTAIN CONTACT (63-0PFOR-1011)
CONDITION: OPFOR element is tactically engaged with enemy base defense forces. Enemy forces are withdrawing under pressure.
STANDARD: 1. Engage enemy forces decisively. 2. Advance own unit or forces as enemy withdraws. 3. Inflict casualties.
ELEMENT: UNIT
TASK: PERFORM WITHDRAWAL UNDER FIRE (63-2-4025) (FM 7-10, FM 21-75, FM 3-4, FM 3-5)
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M (circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT T P U (circle)
CONDITIONS: The unit is currently engaging threat elements along its defensive sector, and the • S2/S3 has directed withdrawal to supplementary fighting positions. The unit has analog and digital communications with higher HQ. The higher HQ OPORD, the unit TSOP, and higher HQ TSOP are available. Execution times have been established for relocation activities, including indirect fires to cover withdrawal operations. The unit is required to furnish internal smoke screening in-addition to pre-planned smoke-screen fires from support artillery. This task is performed under all day and night environmental conditions. The unit is subject to air, NBC, and all levels of threat forces attacks. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: Supplementary positions are occupied and unit is prepared to engage threat. Withdrawal actions are performed using techniques outlined in the unit TSOP and OPORD. At MOPP4 performance degradation factors increase time required for withdrawal under fire.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
* 1. Commander and leaders supervise disengagement under fire.
a. Maintain situational awareness using analog and digital
. communications or messenger.
b.
Identify disengagement method to be used.

c.
Designate movement element (first element).

d.
Designate base of fire element (second element).

e.
Brief element leaders on disengagement phases and procedures.

f.
Monitor execution of disengagement for compliance with
commander's directives.

g.
Forward completion report to S2/S3 using analog and digital
communications or messenger.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
2. Unit performs fire and movement to rear.
a.
Coordinates for execution of fire and movement among elements
(all elements).

b.
Employs smoke grenades that provide a screen to cover
disengagement.

c.
Lays down a base of fire with all available weapons (second
element).

d.
Moves from primary to supplementary fighting positions (first
element).

e. Lays down a base of fire with all available weapons (first element).

f.
Moves from primary to supplementary fighting positions (second
element).

g. Reestablishes sectors of fire within 10 minutes of move.

h.
Forwards completion report to the CP using analog and digital
communications or messenger.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS References Task Number Task Title
STP 21-I-MQS 04-3305.01-0005 Engage targets with an M16A1
or M16A2 Rifle 04-3305.01-0007 Employ Hand Grenades 04-3306.01-0002 Move Under Direct Fire
OPFOR TASKS AND STANDARDS
TASK: MAINTAIN CONTACT (63-OPFOR-1011)
CONDITION: OPFOR element is tactically engaged with enemy base defense forces. Enemy
forces are withdrawing under pressure.
STANDARD: 1. Engage enemy forces decisively. 2. Advance own unit or forces as enemy
withdraws. 3. Inflict casualties.

5-201

DODDOA-007066
ELEMENT: UNIT
TASK:.REORGANIZE UNIT DEFENSE (63-2-4026) (FM 7-10 FM 20-3, FM 21-75)
ITERATION 1.
2.3.4.5.M.(circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U. (circle)
CONDITIONS: The unit has successfully defended its area during an attack by threat elements, and the attacking elements have broken contact and withdrawn from the immediate area. The unit has analog and digital communications with higher HQ. The higher HQ OPORD, unit TSOP, and higher HQ TSOP are available. The unit maintains a high state of readiness. The unit has sustained casualties and damages to defensive positions. This task is performed under all day and night environmental conditions. The unit is subject to air, NBC, and all levels of threat forces attacks. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: Unit defenses are reorganized within the time prescribed by the commander. At MOPP4, performance degradation factors increase defense reorganization completion times.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Commander and leaders supervise reorganization of unit defenses.

a.
Maintain situational awareness using analog and digital
communications or messenger.

b.
Identify status of personnel, weapons, and equipment.

c.
Fill key leadership positions.

d.
Reassign personnel to weapon systems most critical to unit
defense.

e. Supervise distribution or redistribution of ammunition.

f.
Request ammunition resupply through the S4 element using analog
and digital communications or messenger.

g. Reassign fighting positions and sectors of fire.

h.
Supervise replacement and/or reconstruction of fighting positions,
camouflage, and obstacles.

i. Prepare updated unit defense sketch.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
j. Forward sketch to the S2/S3 using digital device or messenger.
k. Forward personnel, weapons, and equipment status report to the Si and S4 using analog and digital communications or messenger.
2. Unit performs defensive reorganization activities.
a.
Mans all critical weapon systems.

b.
Redistributes ammunition to all fighting positions.

c.
Reports ammunition status to CP using analog and digital communications or messenger.

d.
Occupies newly assigned fighting positions.

e.
Establishes new sectors of fire.

f.
Performs PMCS on assigned weapons.

g.
Reconstructs fighting positions.

h.
Reconstructs obstacles and warning devices.

i.
Replaces damaged camouflage.

j.
Reports all threat activities to CP using analog and digital communications or messenger.

k.
Treats casualties. NOTE: See Task 63-2-4517 for detailed treatment procedures.

1. Transports casualties. NOTE: See Task 63-2-4316 for detailed casualty transportation procedures.
m. Reports all casualties to CP using analog and digital communications or messenger.
5-203
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
References Task Number.Task Title
STP 21-1-SMCT 081-831-1000. Evaluate a Casualty 093-401-5000. Identify Unexploded Ordnance (UXO) Hazards STP 21-24-SMCT 031-503-3009. Lead MOPP Gear Exchange
071-430-0004. Reorganize a Squad Following Enemy Contact While in the Defense
191-377-5250. Handle Enemy Personnel and Equipment
STP 21-II-MQS 04-5030.00-2018.Check Soldiers Sleeping in Mission-Oriented Protective Posture 4 04-5030.00-2019.Control Unit Radiation Exposure 04-5030.00-2021.Conduct Unmasking Procedures S3-9001.18-0001.Manage Organizational Stress
ELEMENT: UNIT
TASK:.EXECUTE BATTLE HANDOVER (63-2-4027) (FM 7-10, FM 21-75, FM 3-4)
ITERATION.1.2.3 4 5.
M.(circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U.(circle)
CONDITIONS: The S2/S3 has issued a FRAGO directing the unit to prepare to hand the current engagement over to the Tactical Combat Force (TCF) or MP area security elements. The unit has analog and digital communications with higher HQ. The higher HQ OPORD, unit TSOP, and higher HQ TSOP are available. TCF or MP units are located in an assembly area awaiting deployment. Contact with the enemy has been broken. Indirect fire and smoke have been coordinated to cover disengagement and handover operations. TCF or MP elements are required to assume responsibility for defensive operations until the unit defense is released again to the commander. This task is performed under all day and night environmental conditions. The unit is subject to air, NBC, and all levels of threat forces attacks. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: Battle handover operations are conducted IAW the TSOP and current FRAGO and are undetected by threat. At MOPP4, battle handover operations are significantly degraded.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
* 1. Commander and leaders supervise battle handover assistance.
a. Maintain situational awareness using analog and digital
.
communications.
b.
Coordinate with S2/S3 location of battle handover line and contact
points in the unit's assigned area.

c.
Coordinate with S2/S3 for information on indirect fire and smoke
support using analog and digital communications.

d.
Disseminate battle handover information to subordinate elements
using analog and digital communications or messenger.

e.
Redeploy troops to assist in handover using analog and digital
communications or messenger.

f.
Maintain communication with TCF or MP elements using analog
and digital communications or messenger.

5-205
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
g.
Exchange tactical information with TCF or MP element
counterpart using analog and digital communications or messenger.

h.
Forward handover completion report to S2/S3 using analog and
digital communications.

2. Unit provides battle handover assistance.
a.
Establish contact points.

b.
Establish overwatch positions.

c.
Marks TCF or MP unit routes.

d.
Guides TCF or MP units along specified routes.

e.
Provide overwatch for TCF or MP.

f Forward handover completion report to CP using analog and digital
communications.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
.

References Task Number.Task Title
STP 21-II-MQS 01-3301.02-0011 Defend a Company Position STP 21-I-MQS 04-3301.01-0013 Defend a Squad/Platoon
Position 04-3303.01-0019 Use a Map Overlay 04-3306.01-0001 Control Movement Techniques
OPFOR TASKS AND STANDARDS
TASK: ATTACK (63-0PFOR-1010)
CONDITION: Enemy rear area CSS base has been located by OPFOR element. PIR and other intelligence requirements have been obtained by OPFOR patrols. OPFOR element has automatic and anti-armor weapons, and light mortars. OPFOR element is the size of approximately two platoons.
STANDARD: 1. Develop an attack plan. 2. Initiate attack using a scheme of maneuver that exploits enemy flanks, gaps, and identified weaknesses. 3. Use covered and concealed routes to approach enemy forces flanks, gaps, or weakly held areas. 4. Employ indirect fire to support attack. 5. Penetrate enemy defenses. 6. Destroy all equipment and supplies. 7. Inflict heavy casualties. 8. Isolate the CSS base by blocking reinforcements. 9. Force enemy units to displace.
10. Withdraw before CSS base is reinforced with tactical combat forces.
TASK: MAINTAIN CONTACT (63-0PFOR-1011)
CONDITION: OPFOR element is tactically engaged with enemy base defense forces. Enemy forces are withdrawing under pressure.
STANDARD: 1. Engage enemy forces decisively. 2. Advance own unit or forces as enemy withdraws. 3. Inflict casualties.
ELEMENT: COMPANY HEADQUARTERS
TASK:.CROSS A CHEMICALLY CONTAMINATED AREA (63-2-4226) (FM 3-3 FM 3-100, FM 3-4, FM 3-5)
ITERATION.1.2.3.4.5.M.(circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U. (circle)
CONDITIONS: Orders have been received from the higher HQ staff element to cross a chemically contaminated area. The area cannot be bypassed without unacceptable delay to the move. The unit has analog and/or digital communications with higher HQ. The higher HQ OPORD, unit TSOP, and higher HQ TSOP are available. The unit is currently located in an assembly area that provides concealment. MOPP level 2 has been designated, and NBC reconnaissance, survey, and control teams are prepared for their respective missions. The location of the contaminated area and the type of contamination will be confirmed by the unit's NBC teams during reconnaissance. The higher HQ staff element has coordinated for additional chemical decontamination support. Assembly areas will be designated in concealed areas or road networks, as the tactical situation dictates. This task is performed in all environmental conditions, both day and night. The unit is subject to air, NBC, and ground Level I threat forces attack. This task is always performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: Unit crosses contaminated area by quickest route possible. At MOPP4, performance degradation factors increase task performance times.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
1. Leading convoy element employs immediate protective measures.
a. Assumes MOPP level 4.
b. Conducts individual basic soldier skill decontamination, as
necessary.

*2. Convoy commander relays NBC information to march element(s).
a.
Notifies convoy element(s) of exact location and type of
chemical contamination using analog and/or digital communications.

b.
Plots contaminated area on map overlays and in digital
device.

c.
Provides required protective measures and MOPP level
designation to march element(s).

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
d.
Designates assembly area for each element for preparation of crossing the contaminated area.

e.
Directs required protective measures and MOPP level for assembly areas.

f.
Reports locations of assembly areas, halt time, and tentative resumption time to the higher HQ staff element using analog and/or digital communications.

g.
Forwards NBC 1 chemical report to higher HQ staff element using analog and/or digital communications.

3. Convoy elements occupy assembly area(s).
a.
Move into assembly area without halting on the route of march.

b.
Establish perimeter security with 360-degree surveillance and crew-served weapons positioned along likely avenues of approach.

c.
Employ camouflage techniques, with emphasis on positioning mirrors toward the ground and parking vehicles in an area with overhead cover.

d.
Perform essential after-operation PMCS IAW applicable TM.

*4. Convoy commander selects crossing route.
a.
Identifies possible routes by conducting a map reconnaissance of contaminated area.

b.
Conducts comparative analysis of chemical data received from higher HQ staff element, terrain analysis, and time factors for a route selection.

c. Selects route that minimizes chemical contamination.

d.
Requests approval of selected route from higher HQ staff element using analog and/or digital communications.

5-209
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*5. Convoy commander supervises crossing preparation activities.
a.
Briefs reconnaissance team on mission, communications, and actions to be performed on other side of the contaminated area.

b.
Directs reconnaissance team in the donning of full MOPP4 protective garments.

c.
Dispatches reconnaissance team to verify type of contamination and size of contaminated area.

d.
Directs precautionary measures and MOPP level required for crossing.

e. Assigns crossing time(s) for each march element.

f.
Assigns assembly area on the other side of contaminated area for each convoy element to perform operational decontamination.

6. Chemical reconnaissance team conducts route survey.
a.
Selects distances between recon checkpoints based on tactical situation and time available.

b.
Selects recon checkpoints at locations where chemical agents are likely to collect as prescribed in FM 3-3.

c.
Detects chemical vapors by using M256 kit.

d.
Checks presence of liquids with M8/9 detector paper.

e.
Marks route with predetermined material.

f.
Records recon information, as collected.

g.
Forwards all recon information to the convoy commander after completion of survey.

7. Unit prepares to cross contaminated area.
a.
Places all externally stored equipment inside vehicles.

b.
Covers equipment with available material. .

c.
Closes all vehicle air vents and windows.

.
• TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
d.
Positions chemical detector paper as prescribed in FM 3-4.

e.
Dons MOPP4 protective gear.

8. Convoy elements cross contaminated area.
a.
Follow route as marked by the reconnaissance party.

b.
Avoid low ground, overhead branches, and heavy brush.

c.
Move as quickly as possible across contaminated area without unnecessary halts and delays.

d.
Verify that all vehicles have crossed the contaminated area before stopping.

e.
Forward crossing report to the higher HQ staff element when all convoy elements have crossed the contaminated area using analog and/or digital communications.

*9. Convoy commander supervises decontamination measures.
a.
Identifies level of required decontamination in coordination with higher HQ staff element.

b.
Directs implementation of basic soldier skills and/or hasty decontamination based on type of contamination, weather, and tactical situation.

10. Unit performs chemical decontamination.
a.
Initiates skin decontamination techniques within one minute of exposure to liquid contamination.

b.
Completes personal wipedown within 15 minutes of exit from contaminated area.

c.
Completes operator's spraydown within 15 minutes of personal wipedown.

d.
Employs safety measures to ensure DS2 does not touch personal or protective clothing.

5-211
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
e.
Decontaminates only those areas that would cause further contamination of personnel or equipment.

f. Conducts MOPP gear exchange, if required.

g.
Forwards decontamination status report to higher HQ staff element using analog and/or digital communications.

*
11. Convoy commander coordinates resumption of road march.

a. Designates SP for all convoy elements to resume march.

b.
Reschedules check point and RP crossing times in coordination with higher HQ staff element.

c.
Provides new march instructions to all convoy elements.

d.
Directs covering and marking of contaminated runoff areas.

e.
Affixes locations of contaminated runoff areas on map overlays.

f.
Coordinates detailed decontamination with higher HQ staff element using analog and/or digital communications, if required.

g.
Forwards road march resumption report to higher HQ staff element using analog and/or digital communications.

12. Unit performs movement march resumption activities.
a.
Covers area(s) used for decontamination.

b.
Marks contaminated runoff areas.

c.
Decontaminates the decontamination personnel.

d. Crosses new SP at time prescribed by the convoy commander.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"
"*" Indicates a leader task step.
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
Task Number Task Title References
031-503-1007 Decontaminate Your Skin and Personal Equipment Using an M258A1 Decontamination Kit STP 21-1 -SMCT
031-503-1034 Decontaminate Your Individual
Equipment Using the M295 Individual
Equipment Decontamination Kit
(IEDK) STP 21-1 -SMCT 031-503-3004 Supervise the Crossing of a Contaminated Area STP 21 -1-SMCT
031-503-3005 Prepare and Submit NBC 1 Reports STP 21-24-SMCT 031-503-3008 Implement Mission-Oriented Protective Posture STP 21-24-SMCT 031-503-3009 Lead MOPP Gear Exchange STP 21-24-SMCT
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS: NONE
OPFOR TASKS AND STANDARDS
TASK: DISRUPT ENEMY MOVEMENT AND OPERATIONS USING PERSISTENT AND NON-PERSISTENT CHEMICAL WEAPONS (63-OPFOR-1001)
CONDITION: OPFOR units deliver chemical agents by means of conventional artillery weapons or aircraft along selected routes and key bases in the rear area.
STANDARD: 1. Deliver chemical agents in low lying and/or densely wooded areas. 2. Delay movement of enemy supplies and equipment to forward areas by disrupting C2 system. 3. Restrict enemy units movement in rear area. 4. Channel movement into predesignated ambush areas. 5. Contaminate enemy supplies and equipment. 6. Inflict casualties on enemy forces.
5-213
ELEMENT: COMPANY HEADQUARTERS
TASK:.EMPLOY PHYSICAL SECURITY MEASURES (63-2-4306) (FM 3-19.30, AR 190-13, FM 3-100.4, FM 3-4)
ITERATION 1.
2.3 4 5.
M.(circle)

COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U.(circle)
CONDITIONS: Guard posts are established at strategic locations in the unit's area. Guards report that one to three unidentified individuals have been sighted attempting to infiltrate the area. The unit has analog and/or digital communications with higher HQ. The higher HQ OPORD, unit TSOP and higher HQ TSOP are available. Higher HQ support operations have commenced. The intrusion may cause personnel casualties and damage to unit equipment. This task is performed in all environmental conditions, both day and night. The unit is subject to air, NBC, and ground Level I threat forces attack. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: Unit elements are not surprised by threat intrusion and the attack is repelled using techniques and procedures outlined in higher HQ TSOP and OPORD. At MOPP4, performance degradation factors may increase reaction times.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO *1. Commander and leaders prepare physical security plan.
a.
Develop procedures for dismount point to control entry of
vehicles into the unit area.

b.
Develop procedures for selecting and manning defensive
positions.

c.
Develop procedures for reporting threat intrusions or
sightings.

d. Integrate adjacent unit plans into the physical security plan.

e.
Forward physical security plan to the higher HQ staff
element for approval using analog and/or digital communications or
messenger.

2. Unit HQ supervises guard force.
a. Tasks unit elements to man guard posts in the unit area.
b. Establishes communication network that permits access to
all guard posts.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
3. Unit performs guard duty functions.
a.
Mans positions or guard posts as designated by leader or special orders.

b. Observes assigned sector.

c.
Employs challenge and password procedures as prescribed in the TSOP and SOI/SSI.

d.
Reports all suspicious activities to the guard commander or as prescribed in special orders.

*4. Commander and leaders direct response(s) against saboteurs or terrorists.
a.
Forward incident report to the higher HQ staff element using analog and/or digital communications or messenger.

b.
Direct perimeter manning level increases as prescribed by the TSOP.

c. Maintain a current operations status of the situation.

d.
Provide continuous situation updates to the higher HQ staff element using analog and/or digital communications or messenger.

e.
Direct shifting of response force from assembly areas to threat contact area(s).

f.
Sound "All Clear" signal as soon as attack is over and intruders have been eliminated.

g.
Direct decrease in manning levels consistent with the tactical situation.

5. Unit responds to saboteur or terrorist intrusions.
a. Occupies predesignated fighting positions (designated personnel only).
b.
Reports to unit CP (personnel selected for response force).

c.
Recons assigned sector for threat activities.

5-215
-
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES d. Fires at any target in area as prescribed by rules of engagement. GO NO GO
e. Treats casualties.
NOTE: See Task 63-2-4517 for detailed treatment procedures.
f. Transports casualties.
NOTE: See Task 63-2-4316 for detailed casualty transportation procedures.
g. Performs MA operations.
NOTE: See Task 10-2-4513 for detailed MA procedures.
*6. Commander supervises post-attack activities.
a. Forwards casualty and damage report(s) submitted by subelements to the higher HQ S1, S2/S3, and S4 using analog and/or digital communications or messenger.
b. Coordinates life support requirements caused by destruction of supplies, equipment, or personnel with the higher HQ staff Si and S4 using analog and/or digital communications or messenger.
c. Coordinates replenishment of destroyed equipment and supplies with the higher HQ S4 using analog and/or digital communications.
NOTE: The unit requisitions equipment and supplies using ULLS-S4.
d. Directs unit elements to continue their assigned missions.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO" TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO" TOTAL
"*" Indicates a leader task step.

SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
Task Number Task Title References
03-3751.02-5800 04-3306.01-0006 071-331-0801 Develop Unit Physical Security and Crime Prevention Standing Operating Procedures Use Challenge and Password Challenge Persons Entering Your Area STP 21-I-MQS STP 21-I-MQS STP 21-1-SMCT

SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS: NONE
OPFOR TASKS AND STANDARDS
TASK: CONDUCT TERRORIST AND SABOTEUR ATTACKS (63-OPFOR-1013) CONDITION: OPFOR dispatches small teams into enemy rear area to disrupt CSS operations. STANDARD: 1. Locate rear support bases and C2 facilities. 2. Delay and disrupt CSS operations
through probes. 3. Infiltrate CSS bases to conduct sabotage and terrorist activities. 4. Inflict casualties. 5. Destroy supplies and equipment.
5-217
ELEMENT: HEADQUARTERS DETACHMENT
TASK:.PREPARE FOR A FRIENDLY NUCLEAR STRIKE (63-2-4327) (FM 3-4, FM 3-5, FM 3-100)
ITERATION 1.
2.3 4 5.
M.(circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U.(circle)
CONDITIONS: The detachment receives a STRIKEWARN message from higher HQ with specific actions to be implemented. The detachment is supporting tactical operations. The Bn OPORD and TSOP are available. Some iterations should be done in MOPP 4.
TASK STANDARD: Preparations for a friendly nuclear strike are completed within 30 minutes of the time specified in the warning. At MOPP 4, performance degradation factors increase strike preparation time threefold.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
1. Detachment acknowledges warning (STP 21-I-MQS: 01-5700.01-
0001, 01-5704.00-0001; STP 21-11-MQS: 01-5831-02-0003; STP 21-1-
SMCT: 113-571-1016; STP 21-24-SMCT: 113-572-4008/5005/6005/
6008).

a.
Authenticate the call.

b.
Transcribe message to hard copy with 100 percent accuracy.

c.
Acknowledge receipt by return message.

*2. Detachment commander and leaders issue warning order (STP 21-
LI-MQS: 04-5030.00-2007).
a. Alert assigned and attached sub-elements by most expedient
means.

b. Relay specific directed actions by land lines or messengers.
3. Detachment performs preparatory actions (STP 21-I-MQS: 01-
5030.00-1004; STP 21-II-MQS: 04-5030.00-2007/2013/2017/2019;
STP 21-1-SMCT: 031-503-1004/1012/1015/1025/1028; STP 21-24-
SMCT: 031-503-2020/3007/3008).

a. Cover fighting positions and shelters.
b. Place all externally stored equipment inside tents or shelters,
if possible.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
c.
Place vehicles and equipment on terrain that provides
shielding.

d.
Cover all equipment, munitions, fuel, food, and water
containers.

e. Don protective mask.
NOTE: If protective mask is unavailable, cover nose and mouth with
handkerchief or clean rag.

f.
Wear designated MOPP gear to reduce skin exposure.

g.
Zero dosimeters.

h.
Wear individual dosimeters (selected personnel).

i.
Disconnect nonessential electronic equipment.

j.
Tie down essential antenna(s).

k.
Disassemble nonessential antennas and antenna lead.

1. Improve shelters and individual positions with consideration
for blast, thermal, and radiation effects.

m. Secure loose flammable or explosive items and water
containers.

I
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "s" Indicates a leader task step.
5-219

DODDOA-007084
ELEMENT: HEADQUARTERS DETACHMENT
TASK:.RESPOND TO THE RESIDUAL EFFECTS OF A NUCLEAR ATTACK (63-2-4328) (FM 3-5, FM 3-3, FM 3-4)
ITERATION.1.2.3.4 5.
M.(circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U. (circle)
CONDITIONS:. The detachment is located within the predicted fallout area. Higher HQ disseminated a simplified fallout prediction with estimated time of fallout arrival. The Bn TSOP and detachment NBC defense equipment are available. NBC 3 nuclear reports and OEG were provided by higher HQ. Some iterations should be done in MOPP 4.
TASK STANDARD: Detachment personnel complete fallout preparation before fallout arrival JAW the TSOP and directives provided by higher HQ. At MOPP 4, performance degradation factors increase fallout preparation implementation time.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
1. Detachment prepares for radiological fallout (STP 21-I-MQS: 01-
5030.00-1004/1009; STP 21-11-MQS: 04-5030.00-2019; STP 21-1-
SMCT: 031-503-1004/1012/1018/1025/1028; STP 21-24-SMCT: 031-
503-2020).

a. Don protective mask.
NOTE: If protective mask is unavailable, cover nose and mouth with
handkerchief or clean rag.

b.
Don designated MOPP gear to reduce skin exposure.

c.
Wear individual dosimeters (selected personnel).

d.
Cover fighting positions and shelters.

e.
Place all externally stored equipment inside tents or shelters.

f.
Cover all equipment, munitions, fuel, food, and water
containers.

g.
Continue operational mission as directed by higher HQ
(essential personnel only).

h. Occupy shelters or closed vehicles (nonessential personnel).
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES 2. Detachment performs monitoring activities (STP 21-24-SMCT: 031-503-3013/4003/4004/4006). GO NO GO
a. Initiate radiacmeter monitoring to determine dose rate.
b. Relay warning to detachment personnel.
c. Take shelter, if mission permits, until "All Clear" is given or if directed to move.
d. Monitor radiacmeter to determine dose rate and total dosage.
e. Report dose rate and total dosage to higher HQ.
*3. Commander and leaders develop contingency plan.
a. Identify current mission status.
b. Perform comparative analysis between the RES and OEG.
c. Direct development of personnel rotation plans by sub­elements to reduce personnel exposure.
d. Direct development of entry and exit procedures by sub­elements to reduce shelter and vehicle contamination.
e. Develop relocation plan in coordination with higher HQ.
HQ. f. Disseminate contingency plan to all sub-elements and higher
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO" TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO" TOTAL
NOTE: "s" Indicates a leader task step.
OPFOR TASK: Use task number 55-OPFOR-1002.

5-221
ELEMENT: HEADQUARTERS DETACHMENT
TASK:.RESPOND TO A CHEMICAL ATTACK (63-2-4334) (FM 3-4, FM 3-100)
ITERATION.1.2.3.4 5.
M.(circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U. (circle)
CONDITIONS: Automatic alarms sound or color changes in chemical detector paper to indicate presence of contaminants. The detachment is tactically deployed at MOPP 2. Intelligence reports from higher HQ indicate the threat can attack with chemical weapons. The TSOP and Bn OPORD are available. This task is performed at MOPP 4.
TASK STANDARD: Detachment personnel react to the chemical alarm within 15 seconds, assume MOPP 4 within 45 seconds, and perform testing and unmasking procedures until detachment is reorganized and reduced MOPP level functions are reinstated.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
1. Detachment personnel employ protective measures (STP 21-I-MQS:
01-5030.00-1004/1005/1008; STP 21-II-MQS: 04-5030.00-2006/2010/
2011/2013/ 2014; STP 21-1-SMCT: 031-503-1004/1012/1014/1015/
1020/1025/1028; STP 21-24-SMCT: 031-503-3001/3008).

a. Don protective mask within 9 seconds, with hood within 15
seconds.

b.
Initiate appropriate alarm (vocal and non-vocal).

c.
Don protective gloves within 45 seconds of alarm.

d.
Continue mission unless directed otherwise.

2. Detachment personnel protect equipment.
a. Cover all exposed equipment and supplies.
b.
Implement procedures to prevent further contamination IAW
the TSOP.

c.
Monitor the area to determine contamination levels by
testing with detector kits and detector paper.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*3. Detachment leaders provide NBC reports to higher HQ (STP 21-1-
MQS: S1-5030.00-1010; STP 21-11-MQS: 04-5030.00-2008; STP 21-
24-SMCT: 031-503-3005).

a.
Forward initial NBC 1 chemical report within 20 minutes
after attack or attack notification.

b.
Forward follow up NBC 1 report within 20 minutes after the attack.

*4. Detachment leaders initiate unmasking procedures (chemical agent detector kits indicate negative results) (STP 21-11-MQS: 04-5030.00-2011/2021; STP 21-24-SMCT: 031-503-3002).
a. Select two individuals to conduct unmasking procedures.
b.
Observe selected individuals for 10 minutes for symptoms of illness.

c. Observe selected individuals for delayed symptoms.

d.
Initiate "All Clear" signal if no symptoms of chemical poisoning are detected.

5. Detachment personnel employ unmasking procedures (chemical agent detector kits indicate negative results) (STP 21-1-SMCT: 031-503-1004/1012/1020/1025/1028).
a.
Break the seal in a shady area (selected personnel).

b.
Remain unmasked for 5 minutes (selected personnel).

c.
Remask and clear masks (selected personnel).

*6. Detachment leaders initiate unmasking procedures (using M8/M9 detector paper) (STP 21-1I-MQS: 04-5030.00-2011/2021; STP 21-24-SMCT: 031-503-3002).
a. Check area for physical signs of liquid contamination using M8/M9 detector paper.
b. Select two individuals to conduct unmasking procedures.
5-223

DODDOA-007088
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
c.
Observe selected individuals for 10 minutes for symptoms of chemical incapacitation.

d. Repeat unmasking steps (see task step 5).

e.
Observe selected individuals for another 10 minutes for symptoms of chemical incapacitation.

f. Initiate "All Clear" signal if no symptoms appear.
7. Detachment personnel employ unmasking procedures (using M8 detector paper) (STP 21 -1 -SMCT: 031-503-1004/1012/1020/1025/ 1028).
a.
Select soldiers to participate in unmasking procedures.

b.
Break mask seal in a shady area.

c.
Keep eyes open for 15 seconds.

d.
Clear mask.

e.
Reseal mask.

f.
Remain masked for 10 minutes.

g.
Break the seal of the mask.

h.
Take two or three breaths.

i.
Clear mask.

j.
Reseal mask.

k.
Remain masked for another 10 minutes.

1. Unmask for 5 minutes.
m.
Remask for 10 minutes.

n.
Initiate "All Clear" if no symptoms appear.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*8. Commander and leaders reorganize detachment area (STP 21-II-
MQS: 03-5030.00-2006).

a. Reestablish chain of command.
b.
Coordinate required detachment MOPP level with the
ACofS, SOTI.

c.
Inspect detachment personnel to ensure that individuals
remain at the directed MOPP level.

d. Direct periodic chemical monitoring in the detachment area.

e.
Supervise the request and distribution of replacement
chemical defense equipment and supplies.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.
OPFOR TASK: See task number 55-OPFOR-1001.
5-225
ELEMENT: UNIT
TASK: SET UP MAINTENANCE PLATOON HEADQUARTERS AND SECTIONS (63-2-4520) (FM 9-43-1, FM 20-3, FM 21-10, FM 3-4, FM 9-43-2, TC 5-400)
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M (circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT T P U (circle)
CONDITIONS: The unit has analog and digital communications with higher HQ. The higher HQ OPORD with all annexes and overlays has been forwarded to the unit commander's digital device. The unit and higher HQ TSOPs are available. Advance/quartering party guides escort company main body into their respective locations at new MOUT location. Areas for maintenance platoons are identified in the commander's layout plan. Selected personnel from main body are assigned to hasty fighting positions to reinforce area security already established by advance/quartering party. Sanitation facilities are required for the new area. Although company operations areas are established simultaneously with company defense, company defense will have priority. This task is performed under all day and night environmental conditions. The unit is subject to air, NBC, and ground Level I threat forces attack. This task should not be trained in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: Maintenance Platoon HQ and Sections are set up IAW company commander's layout plan and TSOP.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Company Commander and Maintenance Platoon Leader finalize internal
layout plan for platoon HQ and maintenance operations areas.

a.
Adjust traffic pattern to facilitate movement of equipment within
Platoon areas.

b.
Adjust location of sections or equipment to improve work flow or
security.

c. Designate areas for conducting inspections.

d.
Designate holding area for supported unit equipment awaiting
pickup, repair or evacuation.

e.
Designate sleeping areas for platoon HQ personnel and sections.

f.
Forward a copy of layout to higher HQ using FBCB2.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
2. Maintenance Control Section sets up its AO.
a. Positions equipment for mission operations.
b.
Prepares automated production control system using SAMS-1 to monitor workflow.

c.
Establishes analog and digital communications with Maintenance and Service Section, Recovery Section, Combat Repair Teams and company HQ.

d.
Employs power generation equipment.

e.
Establishes section sleeping area.

f.
Camouflages area consistent with tactical situation.

3. Maintenance and Service Section set up their AO.
a. Position equipment for mission operations.
b.
Establish analog and digital communications with MCS, Combat Repair Teams and company HQ.

c.
Designate a holding area for customer unit equipment awaiting shop with adequate camouflage and concealment.

d.
Employ power generation equipment.

e.
Establish sleeping area.

f.
Camouflage area to include customer equipment consistent with tactical situation.

5-227
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
4. Recovery Section set up its AO.
a. Positions equipment for mission operations.
b.
Establishes analog and digital communications with MCS,
Maintenance and Service Section, Combat Repair Teams and company HQ.

c.
Coordinates recovered equipment holding area with MCS and
Maintenance and Services Section.

d.
Employs power generation equipment.

e.
Establishes sleeping area.

f.
Camouflages area to include recovered equipment consistent with
tactical situation.

5. Combat Repair Teams set up their AO.
a. Position equipment for mission operations.
b.
Establish analog and digital communications with MCS,
Maintenance and Services Section, Recovery Section, supported unit and
company HQ.

c.
Coordinate operations with supported unit based on instructions
from MCS.

d.
Employ power generation equipment.

e.
Establish sleeping area.

f.
Camouflage areas consistent with tactical situation.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS

References Task Number Task Title
STP 21-II-MQS 01-0401.20-0001 Direct Unit Air Defense
01 -5700.02-0001 Enforce Platoon and Company
Communications Security
Measures
03-5101.00-0281 Direct the Preparation and
Maintenance of Unit Supply
Records
03-5101.00-0282 Direct the Storage of Unit
Supplies, Weapons, Equipment,
and Ammunition
04-5030.00-2013 Implement Mission-Oriented
Protective Posture Based on
Threat or Direction
04-5030.00-2019 Control Unit Radiation
Exposure
S3-9001.18-0001 Manage Organizational Stress
STP 21-I-MQS 04-1910.11-1001 Camouflage Self, Individual
Equipment, and Position

5-229
ELEMENT: UNIT
TASK: PERFORM UNIT MORTUARY AFFAIRS OPERATIONS (10-2-4513) (FM 10-64, FM 3-4, FM 3-5)
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M (circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT T P U (circle)
CONDITIONS: The unit sustained fatalities. Unit may have the capability of performing an air reconnaissance. Some remains may be contaminated. The Bn TSOP and OPORD are available. Non-GRREG personnel may perform this task. The commander assigned search and recovery team leader(s) and personnel. The unit commander authorizes emergency burials. Some iterations should be done in MOPP 4.
NOTE: At MOPP 4, only those tasks deemed mission essential are performed by the commander.
TASK STANDARD: Search, recovery, evacuation, and emergency burial operations are performed lAW the TSOP and OPORD. At MOPP 4, these activities are curtailed.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES *1. Search and recovery team leader(s) prepares for the search (STP 21-II-MQS: 03-5104.00-0007/0026; STP 21-1-SMCT: 101-515-1900). GO NO GO
a. Perform a map, terrain, or aerial reconnaissance of the search area. •
b. Identify additional support requirements.
c. Request additional support requirements from higher HQ.
d. Identify search pattern to be used.
e. Coordinate NBC and EOD assistance with higher HQ.
f. Coordinate security of search area with higher HQ.
*2. Search and recovery team leader(s) supervise search, recovery, and evacuation operations (STP 21-1I-MQS: 03-5104.00-0007).
a. Brief search and recovery team(s) on operational procedures.
b. Issue personal effects bags, human remains pouches, if available, and NBC agent tags.
c. Assign areas of search to each team of which the sum equals the entire search area, as directed by the commander.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
d.
Assign a portion of the search area to an individual team member.

e.
Monitor search and recovery team(s) operations for compliance with TSOP, OPORD, and the unit commander's guidance.

3. Search and recovery team(s) conduct the search (STP 21-1-SMCT: 101-515-1900).
a.
Search assigned areas for remains and personal effects.

b.
Mark location of remains with pegs.

c. Prepare recovery sketch indicating spots where remains and personal effects are found.
4. Search and recovery team(s) recover remains (STP 21-1-SMCT: 101-515-1900).
a.
Inspect immediate area for booby traps and NBC contaminants.

b. Perform procedures for initial identification.

c.
Attach to contaminated remains a tag marked with a large "C".

NOTE: Remains found in a contaminated area are to be handled IAW procedures set forth in FM 10-64 and buried according to mass burial procedures.
d.
Attach personal effects to remains.

e.
Shroud remains with available materials.

f.
Prepare a sketch of the recovery area showing major landmarks.

g. Prepare a map overlay of the recovery site.

h.
Coordinate with higher HQ for evacuation of recovered remains to collection points.

i. Forward SITREP IAW TSOP to higher HQ.
5-231
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES 5. Search and recovery team(s) evacuate remains (STP 21-1-SMCT: 101-515-1900). GO NO GO
a. Verify that personal effects are attached to remains.
b. Transport remains to a designated GRREG collection point in a covered vehicle or aircraft.
NOTE: Remains should not be transported in ambulances. •
*6. Search and recovery team(s) leader supervises emergency burials (STP 21-II-MQS: 03-5104.00-0007).
a. Identify specific burial site in coordination with higher HQ.
b. Supervise marking of grave sites IAW FM 10-64, TSOP, and current directives.
c. Supervise the burial of all.recovered remains and their personal effects.
d. Report burial data to higher HQ.
7. Search and recovery team(s) perform emergency burials (STP 21-1-SMCT: 101-515-1900).
a. Prepare the grave site(s) IAW FM 10-64, TSOP, and current directives.
b. Mark all grave sites IAW FM 10-64.
c. Bury US, allied, and enemy forces remains and personal effects in separate grave site(s).
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO" TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO" TOTAL
NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.

ELEMENT: LIGHT TRUCK PLATOON LIGHT/MEDIUM TRUCK PLATOON
TASK: TRANSPORT PERSONNEL AND CARGO (55-2-0011) (FM 55-30)
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M (circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT T P U (circle)
CONDITIONS: Tactical operations have begun. The platoons has reported to the designated area, trailer transfer point, hub (distribution site), or unit location for loading personnel, equipment, or supplies. The unit is equipped with MTS. The opposing force has NBC capability. SOP's, OPORD, and Movement Plan from higher HQ and unit commander are available. Iterations of training on this task can be performed in various levels of MOPP. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARD: To transport personnel, equipment, and supplies (cargo), without causing injury or damage, lAW higher HQ and commander's guidance. As MOPP level increases, performance degradation factors increase preparation time.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. The platoon leader/sergeant, squad leader, or drivers report to the shipper
for transporting personnel and cargo.

a.
Coordinates with shipper to determine where to spot vehicle and
trailers for loading.

b. Ensures shipper has documentation for loads.

c.
Ensures shipper provides all tie-down devices, dunnage, blocking,
and bracing material and special tools required to secure loads.

2. The platoon leader/sergeant or squad leader supervises operators loading
troops and their equipment (duffel bags) onto the vehicle cargo bed (STP 55-
88M12-SM: 551-721-1386).

a.
Enforces safety to prevent injury during loading.

b.
Ensures tailgates are lowered.

c.
Ensures soldiers mounting the vehicle with weapon passes it to
someone on board or to a person behind waiting to mount.

d.
Ensures equipment not needed on march is loaded on separate
truck or trailer (if available).

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
e.
Ensures soldiers do not mount with duffel bag on their backs.

f.
Ensures duffel bags are stacked or placed under the seat.

g.
Ensures trucks have proper ventilation to protect the soldiers from
exhaust gases.

h.
Briefs soldiers to stay seated with all parts of their bodies inside the truck.

i. Fastens safety strap.
NOTE: Under emergency conditions, 35 seated soldiers may be transported per semi-trailer.
3. The platoon leader/sergeant or squad leader monitors the driver supervising the loading of equipment and different classes of supplies onto the vehicle cargo bed or semi-trailer (STP 55-88M34-SM-TG 551-721-3341/3343; STP 55-88M12-SM-TG 551-721-1372/1381).
a.
Ensures current safety regulations and policies are met prior to loading specific types of hazardous materials.

b. Supervises shipper loading fuel and class III packaged.

c.
Ensures shipper places pallets on the floor of vehicle cargo beds prior to loading class I.

d.
Supervises personnel loading vehicle trailer to ensure heavier supplies are placed at the bottom of the load and distributing them evenly over the cargo floor.

e. Ensures loads are not distributed loosely or built up too high.
.f. Ensures barrel and drum are loaded either upright or placed on their sides parallel with the length of the truck.
g.
Ensures sacked cargo is loaded separately so that it cannot be punctured by odd-shaped items.

h.
Ensures sacked cargo is stacked in overlapping layers to prevent shifting.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
i. Ensures trailers loaded with crates and boxes are packed with like items or items of compatible shapes and/or transportability codes.
j.
Inspects loads and trailers at trailer transfer point or hub.

k.
Ensures equipment and supplies are properly blocked and braced.

1. Ensures tarpaulins are placed over cargo to protect against sun, dust, rain, and pilferage.
m. Signs and receives documentation for cargo
4. The platoon leader/sergeant or squad leader organizes drivers, conducts inspection on vehicle loads, and leads convoy to destination (STP 55-88II-MQS: 01-7200.75-0100, 01-7220.90-0355; STP 55-88M34-SM-TG: 101-519-2311, 551-721-3341/3343/3334/3336/4322/4326; STP 55-88M12-SM: 551-721-1352/1355/1359/1360/1361/1363/13671368/1378/1379/1380/ 1383/1384/1386/1409).
a.
Inspects loads for proper blocking and bracing.

b.
Checks loads documentation.

c.
Places trucks hauling soldiers separated from any vehicle hauling hazardous cargo by at least one buffer vehicle hauling general cargo.

d.
Conducts convoy briefing to operators on using effective protective measures, to include maintaining the prescribed vehicle interval, radio discipline, and driving during night convoys.

e.
Conducts tactical road march (see task 071-326-3013).

f.
Directs convoy defense operations (see task 551-721-3352).

g.
Reorganizes platoon.

h.
Receives message through MTS to reroute cargo (if tactical situation change, unit relocates, and so forth).

i. Maintains communications as directed.
5-235

DODDOA-007100
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
5. The platoon leader/sergeant or squad leader supervises recovery operations
(STP 55-88M12-SM: 551-721-1389; STP 55-88M34-SM-TG: 551-721-
3338/3339).

a. Directs convoy to continue mission.

b.
Informs the unit commander and/or operation section on platoon
status.

c.
Instructs recovery operator not to push or tow vehicle carrying
explosives except to move off the road.

d.
Supervises recovery operations.

e.
Briefs unit commander or unit operation and continues mission.

6. The platoon arrives at destination and the platoon leader/sergeant or squad leader reports to the destination consignees (STP55-88M34-SM-TG: 551-721-3334/3341/3342/3343/3344/4322/4326: STP 55-88M 12-SM: 551-721-1352/1353/1314/1315/1359/1360/1384/1409/1372/1373/1378/1379/1380).
a.
Establishes communications with the consignee to determine where to spot vehicles and trailers for off-loading and loading for backhauling.

b.
Supervises consignee off -loading vehicles.

c.
Ensures drivers lowers tailgate.

d.
Ensures the soldiers dismounting the vehicle with a weapon passes it to someone who has dismounted or a person behind waiting to dismount vehicle.

e.
Provides the consignee with documentation and has the consignee sign for the loads and retains copy for unit files.

f. Coordinates for back hauls as directed by unit CP.

g.
Supervises the consignee to load vehicle to ensure vehicle is properly loaded, blocked, and braced.

h.
Signs for and receives documentation for loads.

i.
Delivers load to destination and supervises off loading of cargo.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
j.
Receives customer signature and is released to return back to field
location.

k.
Supervises soldiers performing after-operations PMCS, completing
trip records, and ensures trip records and documentation are provided to
dispatcher.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.

SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
Reference Task Number
STP 55-88II-MQS 01-7200.75-0100
01-7220.90-0355
STP 55-88-88M12-SM 551-721-1314
551-721-1315
551-721-1352
551-721-1353
551-721-1355
551-721-1359
551-721-1360
551-721-1361
551-721-1363
551-721-1367
551-721-1368
551-721-1372
551-721-1373

Task Title
Conduct Convoy Operations Supervise Cargo Accountability
Couple Semitrailer Uncouple Semitrailer Perform Vehicle Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Perform Vehicle Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) on Trailer Prepare Vehicle for Inclement Weather Operation Drive Vehicle in a Convoy Drive Cargo Vehicle on Side Roads and Unimproved Roads Drive Cargo Vehicle on Snow/Ice Drive Vehicle With or Without Trailer/ Semitrailer in Blackout Conditions Back Vehicle With Semitrailer Drive Vehicle With Semitrailer on Side Roads and Unimproved Roads Assist in Loading Cargo and Equipment Onto Vehicle/Trailer or Semitrailer Assist in Unloading Cargo and Equipment Onto Vehicle/Trailer or Semitrailer

5-237
DODDOA-007102
Reference Task Number
551-721-1378

551-721-1379 551-721-1380 551-721-1381 551-721-1383
551-721-1384 551-721-1386 551-721-1389 551-721-1409

STP 55-88M34-SM-TG 101-519-2311
551-721-3334 551-721-3336 551-721-3338 551-721-3339
551-721-3341 551-721-3342
551-721-3343
551-721-3344
551-721-4322 551-721-4326
Task Title
Protect Vehicle Load in Inclement Weather Transport Classified/Sensitive Cargo Transport General Cargo in Trailer/ Semitrailer Assist in Loading Ammunition on a Transporter Transport Dangerous/Hazardous Cargo in Vehicle and Semitrailer Perform as Wheeled Vehicle Ground Guide Day or Night Transport Passengers for in a Truck Self-recover Wheeled Vehicle Use Maps in Motor Transport Operations
Supervise Operator Loading and Dispensing of Fuel From Assigned Vehicle Supervise Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Enforce Driver Safety Rules and Techniques Supervise Personnel Performing Vehicle Recovery Supervise Winch Operation Supervise Personnel Loading Equipment and Cargo Onto Vehicle and Semitrailer Supervise Personnel Unloading Equipment and Cargo Off Vehicle and Semitrailer Supervise Personnel Loading Ammunition On Vehicle, Trailer, and Semitrailer Supervise Personnel Unloading Ammunition Off Vehicle, Trailer, and Semitrailer Manage Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Perform Duties as Convoy Commander

ELEMENT: TRUCK SQUADS
TASK: TRANSPORT CREW MEMBERS AND OVERWEIGHT VEHICLES OR OVERSIZED CARGO (55-2-0024) (FM 55-30, ARTEP 55-188-30-DRILL, FM 21-305, FM 24-35, FM 24-35-1, FM 3-4, FM 3-5, FM 90-10, STP 21-II-MQS, STP 55-88M12-SM, STP 55-88M34-SM-TG, TM 9-2320-270-10, TM 9-2330-294-14)
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M (circle)

COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT T P U (circle)
CONDITIONS: Heavy equipment is to be moved and/or evacuated from the battlefield. Coordination has been established with the unit to move overweight vehicles and oversized cargo to an area that will sustain the weight of the heavy equipment transporter and track vehicle. The heavy truck platoons have received their dispatches, operations order, road clearance, and script maps from the unit operation section. The heavy truck platoon will transport crewmembers, overweight vehicles, and oversized cargo to a designated area. The unit has the capability to communicate with operators through MTS. SOP's, OPORD, and Movement Plan from higher HQ and unit commander are available. Iterations of training on this task can be performed in various levels of MOPP. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: Track vehicles, crewmembers, and oversized cargo are transported to prescribed locations IAW operation order and commander's guidance. As MOPP level increases, performance degradation factors increase preparation time.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
1. The squad leader supervises the operator and assistant operator loading overweight vehicles IAW TM 9-2330-231-14.
a. Ensures operators starts tractors.

b. Ensures operators set the central tire inflation system switch to the correct setting for expected road/terrain conditions.
WARNING: Load semitrailer on level ground whenever possible. In adverse
conditions, loading can be done on grades up to 10 percent with a maximum
offset angle of 10 degrees between tractor and semitrailer. Avoid exceeding
these limitations to prevent payload from rolling on semitrailer and causing
serious injury to personnel and damage to equipment.

c. Monitors the operators and assistant operators (spotters) to ensure they visually check tractor and semitrailer offset angle.
d. Ensures operators apply tractor-parking brakes.
5-239
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
e.
Supervises loading able payloads.

f.
Supervises dual winch-operations to load a disabled vehicle.

g.
Supervises single winch-operations to load a disabled vehicle.

h.
Ensures vehicles are properly tied down and secured.

i.
Loads crewmembers.

2. The squad leader monitors the operator supervising the shipper loading ISO container IAW TM 9-2330-381-14.
a. Ensures the operator positions ISO container locks and brackets on platform.
b.
Monitors the loading of containers.

c.
Secures ISO containers onto platform.

*3. The platoon leader/sergeant or squad leader conducts fmal inspection and convoys platoon to destination.
a.
Spot checks vehicle loads to detect and correct improper tie-down procedures.

b.
Conducts convoy briefing to operators on using effective protective measures (to include maintaining the prescribed vehicle interval, radio discipline, and driving during night convoys).

c.
Patrols routes traveled by platoon vehicles to ensure drivers practice safe driving.

d. Monitors MTS.

e.
Informs the unit commander and/or operation section on platoon status.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
4. The platoon leader/sergeant or squad leader supervises recovery operations to recover a disabled vehicle.
a.
Informs the unit commander and/or operation section on platoon
status.

b. Supervises recovery operations.

c.
Informs unit commander and/or operation section and continues mission.

5. The platOon arrives at destination and the platoon leader/sergeant or squad leader supervises off loading operations IAW TM 9-2330-381-14.
WARNING: Load semitrailer on level ground whenever possible. In adverse conditions, loading can be done on grades up to 10 percent with a maximum offset angle of 10 degrees between tractor and semitrailer. Avoid exceeding these limitations to prevent payload from rolling on semitrailer and causing serious injury to personnel and damage to equipment.
a. Directs operators to aline back of tractor and semitrailer.
b.
Ensures ample amount of space is provided for ramps to be lowered and payload to be off loaded.

c.
Monitors the operators and assistant operators (spotters) to ensure they visually check tractor and semitraler offset angle.

d.
Ensures operators apply tractor parking brakes.

e.
Monitors the unloading of containers and crewmembers.

f.
Supervises unloading able payloads.

g.
Supervises dual winch-operations to unload a disabled vehicle.

h.
Supervises single winch-operations to unload a disabled vehicle.

i.
Releases vehicles to crewmembers.

j.
Notifies unit commander and/or operation section on completion of mission.

5-241

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
k. Supervises vehicle operators preparing heavy vehicle transporter
for return trip (loaded or empty).

1. Supervises soldiers performing after-operations PMCS, completing
trip records, and ensures trip records are provided to dispatcher.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
References Task Number Task Title
STP 55-8811-MQS 01-7200.75-0100 Conduct Convoy Operations 01.7220.75-0135 Supervise Safe Transport of Hazardous, Classified, or Sensitive Cargo 01-720.90-0355 Supervise Cargo Accountability
STP 21-24-SMCT 071-430-0008 Reorganize a Platoon Following Enemy Contact While in the Defense
STP 55-88M12-SM 101-519-1174 Load and Unload 5,000-Gallon Tanker Semitrailer 551-721-1314 Couple Semitrailer 551-721-1315 Uncouple Semitrailer 551-721-1356 Prepare Vehicle for Blackout Operations 551-721-1357 Prepare Vehicle for Tactical Operations 551-721-1359 Drive Vehicle in a Convoy 551-721-1360 Drive Cargo Vehicle on Side Roads and Unimproved Roads 551-721-1361 Drive Cargo Vehicle on Snow/Ice 551-721-1362 Drive Cargo Vehicle in Sand 551-721-1363 Drive Vehicle With Or Without Trailer/Semitrailer in Blackout Conditions
References Task Number Task Title
551-721-1366 Drive Vehicle With Automatic
Transmission
551-721-1368 Drive Vehicle With Semitrailer
On Side Roads and Unimproved
Roads
551-721-1369 Drive Vehicle With Semitrailer
On Snow/Ice
551-721-1370 Drive Vehicle With Semitrailer
in Sand
551-721-1371 Perform Dispatcher Duties
551-721-1376 Assist in Loading Tracked
Vehicle On a Heavy-Equipment
Transporter (HET)
551-721-1377 Assist in Unloading Tracked
Vehicle Off a Heavy-Equipment
Transporter (HET)
551-721-1384 Perform as Wheeled Vehicle
Ground Guide Day or Night
551-721-1389 Self-Recover Wheeled Vehicle
551-721-1406 Implement Vehicle Field
Expedient Methods
551-721-1408 Implement Defensive
Procedures When Under Enemy
Attack Or Ambush in a Truck
Convoy
551-721-1409 Use Maps in Motor Transport
Operations
551-721-1410 Operate a Vehicle in a
Contaminated Area
STP 55-88M34-SM-TG 551-721-3336 Enforce Driver Safety Rules and
Techniques
551-721-3337 Drive A Heavy-Equipment
Transporter (HET) on Improved
Roads
551-721-3342 Supervise Personnel Unloading
Equipment and Cargo Off
Vehicle
551-721-3345 Load Tracked/Wheeled
Vehicles Onto a Heavy-
Equipment Transporter (HET)
551-721-3346 Unload Tracked/Wheeled
Vehicles Off a Heavy-
Equipment Transporter (HET)
551-721-3348 Perform Duties as Serial/March
Unit Commander

5-243

DODDOA-007108
ARTEP 55-819-30-MTP
References Task Number
551-721-3349
551-721-3350
551-721-3352
551-721-3355
551-721-4326
551-721-4327

Task Title
Supervise Preparation of Vehicle for Tactical Operations Conduct a Convoy in an NBC Environment Direct Convoy Defense Operations Instruct the Use of Maps in Motor Transport Operations Perform Duties as Convoy Commander Conduct Road Reconnaissance of Convoy Route
ELEMENT: CARGO TRANSFER COMPANY
TASK: CONDUCT ARRIVAL OR DEPARTURE AIRFIELD CONTROL GROUP OPERATIONS (55-2-0106) (DOD 4500.9-R, Part III)
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M (circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT T P U (circle)
CONDITIONS: Personnel, equipment, and supplies are arriving at the air terminal. Mobility
forces may not be available. The Cargo Transfer Platoon has been directed to establish an A/DACG operation to supervise onward movement. The Cargo Transfer Platoon will perform joint vehicle and cargo inspection, conduct loading and off-loading procedures, and the reception and disposition of forces and equipment. The platoon will exercise control over deploying and redeploying elements from the time of their arrival until departure. Higher HQ and unit SOP's are available. Air terminal activities are performed day or night under all environmental condition. This task should not be performed in MOPP 4.
TASK STANDARD: A/DACG operations are conducted in JAW higher HQ and unit commander guidance.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Platoon leader/sergeant directs air terminal activities.

a.
Reviews mission directive, scope of operations, tentative flow
schedule, and plan of operations.

b.
Establishes communications with ATOC, obtains aircraft parking
and flow plan, and determines ATOC MHE capability, if mobility force is
available.

c. Establishes initial coordination with deploying UMO/NCOIC.

d.
Briefs unit on duties and responsibilities based on higher HQ and
company instructions.

e.
Determines any special requirements for equipment.

f.
Briefs higher HQ.

5-245
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*2. The platoon leader/sergeant conducts preparation phase (STP 55-88N24-SM-TG 551-722-4405, 4406, 4407, 4417, 3411, 3412; 551-722-4411; 551-719-2402; STP 55-88N1-SM: 551-719-1400, 551-722-1406; STP 55-88H24-SM-TG: 551-721-3503, 551-716-3502, 3503, 3505, 2510, 2511, 2512, 2513; STP 55-88H1-SM: 551-716-1513, 1514, 1515).
a.
Confirms type of aircraft, number of personnel, type and quantity of cargo, and equipment to be moved.

b.
Coordinates time frame during which on loading and off-loading will be accomplished.

c.
Prepares marshaling, alert holding, and call forward areas for operation.

d.
Ensures airfield's logistical and administrative facilities are available to A/DACG.

e.
Identifies specialized MHE, drivers, cargo inspectors, and load team personnel.

f. Identifies fire fighting equipment.

g.
Establishes liaison with deploying/redeployment elements and other supporting activities.

h.
Provides airfield diagrams, with routes designating marshaling, alert holding, call forward, and release point areas.

i.
Confirms responsibilities, procedures, schedules, vehicle and personnel traffic routes, and safety requirements.

j.
Conducts final coordination with deploying/redeploying unit.

k.
Briefs higher HQ.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
3. Section chief supervises the functional areas of the air terminal (STP 55-
88II-MQS: 01-7220.95-0400, 01-7220.70-0050; STP 55-88H24-SM-TG 551-
716-4502, 4504, 4505, 4506, 4508, 4509, 3511, 3512; 4510; STP 55-88N24-
SM-TG 551-722-3407, 3408; STP 55-88H1-SM: 551-716-1506, 1509, 1510,
1511).

a. Establishes security.
b.
Establishes communication with platoon leader/sergeant, marshaling, alert holding, call forward, release point areas, and backup communication procedures.

c. Conducts safety briefmg.

d.
Supervises the marshaling area assisting units preparing personnel and equipment for onward movement.

e. Supervises the alert holding area.
(1)
Establishes traffic flow plan.

(2)
Accepts chalks from deploying units.

(3)
Conducts pre-inspection using DD Form 2133 and verifies weights, heights, center of balances and completes manifest.

(4)
Ensures deficiencies noted during pre-inspection are corrected.

(5)
Accepts responsibility for personnel and equipment.

(6)
Forwards personnel and equipment to call forward area.

f. Supervises the call forward area.

(1)
Conducts joint inspection with mobility force using DD Form 2133.

(2)
Conducts final briefing and corrects final manifest.

(3)
Maintains statistical data.

(4)
Monitors frustrated cargo area and ensures deficiencies are corrected.

5-247
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
(5) Briefs arriving personnel of traffic flow plan.
(6) Forwards arriving personnel and equipment to marshaling
area.

g. Conducts daily mission brief with platoon leader/sergeant.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
Reference Task Number Task Title
STP 55-88II-MQS 01-7220.70-0050 Supervise Handling of Cargo at Air Terminal 01-7220.94-400 Supervise Operation of Departure/Arrival Airfield Control Group
STP 88N24-SM-TG 551-722-4405 Maintain Air Transportation Movement Priorities 551-722-4406 Coordinate Theater Hazardous Material Munitions Shipments 551-722-4408 Coordinate Theater Classified Material Shipments 551-722-4411 Coordinate Passenger Movement With MAC/MSC 551-722-4417 Validate Unit Movement Plans 551-722-3411 Instruct Personnel in Performing Air Movement Procedures 551-722-3412 Supervise Personnel in Performing Air Movement Procedures 551-722-3407 Notify Units of Pending Port Call
Reference Task Number Task Title
551-722-3408 Call Personnel/Cargo Forward
for Unit Move
551-719-2402 Inspect Cargo at Military
Terminal
STP 55-88N1-SM-TG 551-719-1400 Establish and Maintain Record
of Equipment Status
551-722-1406 Prepare Air Cargo Manifest
STP 55-88H24-SM-TG 551-716-4502 Monitor Air Cargo Operations
551-716-4504 Monitor Safety Procedures for
Vehicle Operations
551-716-4505 Monitor General Flight Line
Safety
551-716-4506 Monitor Airfield Security
551-716-4507 Brief Troop Commander
on In Flight Safety
551-716-4509 Brief Troop Commander
on Load Safety
551-716-4510 Monitor Vehicle Loading
Preparation For Air Movement
551-716-3502 Inspect Vehicles for Air
Movement
551-716-3503 Inspect Secondary Loads and
Tie Down Restrains
551-716-3504 Prepare 463L Pallet/Net Report
551-716-3505 Account for 463L Pallets and
Nets
551-716-3511 Supervise the Use of Shoring
Aboard Aircraft
551-716-3512 Supervise Aircraft Load Teams
551-721-3503 Supervise Operator's
Maintenance
551-716-2510 Inspect 463L Pallets for
Serviceability
551-716-2511 Inspect 463L Top And Side
Nets For Serviceability
551-716-2512 Direct The Storage Of 463L
Pallets
551-716-3513 Direct the Storage of 463L
Pallet Top and Side Nets
STP 55-88H1-SM 551-716-1506 Secure Cargo Aboard Aircraft
551-716-1509 Place 463L Pallets Into Storage
551-716-1510 Place 463L Top And Side Nets
Into Storage
551-716-1511 Escort Cargo Chalks to
Aircrafts

5-249
Task Number
551-716-1512
551-716-1513 551-716-1514 551-716-1515
Task Title
Escort Passengers to Aircraft and Load Cover and Net a 463L Pallet Marry and Load Two 463L Pallets Load a 463L Pallet
ELEMENT: DOCUMENTATION SECTION
TASK:.PROVIDE CARGO DOCUMENTATION SERVICE (55-2-0111) (FM 55-10, DOD 4500.32-R VOL 1, DOD 4500.32-R, VOL 2, MTMC REGULATION 25-1, STP 55-88N24-SM-TG)
ITERATION.1.2.3 4 5.
M.(circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U.(circle)
CONDITIONS: Terminal service missions have been received from higher HQ staff element. Discharge and transshipment of cargo is being processed through the terminal. The documentation platoon is augmented to the transportation terminal service company to provide additional capabilities and provide documentation support. The documentation representative and individual from unit headquarters perform boarding party functions. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: The cargo documentation platoon support are provided IAW the commander guidance, workload operations, SOP, or OPORD.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
1. Cargo Documentation Platoon manages documentation workload.

a. Identifies workload requirements for cargo operations.

b.
Allocates section resources to meet requirements.

c.
Prepares portable barcode readers (scanner).

d.
Provides scanner operator(s).

e.
Plans vessel discharge or load operations.

2. Cargo Documentation Platoon produces management reports or
information.

a.
Produces TOLS reports and documents.

b.
Produces LOGMARS reports and documents.

c.
Produces CODES database.

d.
Prepares cargo traffic messages.

5-251

DODDOA-007116
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
e. Produces other reports as required.
f. Distributes reports and information to authorized unit elements and
other organization.

g.
Produces backup data storage media.

h.
Prepares documents for transshipment of cargo.

3. Cargo Documentation Platoon maintains permanent documentation files.
a.
Maintains files of backup storage media.

b.
Maintains document files.

c.
Informs military organization on cargo delivery date.

NOTE: TOE 55818L000 is assigned a Documentation Platoon. When
combining TOE 55827L000 (Breakbulk/Container) with TOE 55818L000
(Breakbulk), these company's are augmented with TOE 55560J2J1 (Cargo
Documentation Detachment).

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK. STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS References. Task Number.Task Title
.
STP 55-88N24-SM-TG.55 1 -722-3422 Process Air Request
ELEMENT: CARGO TRANSFER COMPANY
TASK:.PERFORM CLEARANCE OR MARSHALING FUNCTIONS (55-2-1401) (FM 55-17, 55-60)
ITERATION.1.2.3 4 5.
M.(circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U.(circle)
CONDITIONS: General (breakbulk), containerized, rolling stock (vehicles and containers on chassis), and special (oversize, heavylift, hazardous, and security) cargo is being move to a temporary holding area to be process for further movement. Some containers have arrived damaged and needs restowing. The CTC will provide transportation management coordinators, cargo checker/handlers, CHE/MHE and wheel vehicle operators, and maintenance personnel to perform clearance and marshaling functions. Coordination has been made with the PSA to provide track and wheel vehicle operators, maintenance personnel and security personnel. The marshaling yard is susceptible to air and missile attack, hostile unconventional forces, sabotage, terrorism, mining, and espionage. Higher HQ and commander TSOP's are available. This task should not be performed in MOPP.
TASK STANDARD: Clearance and marshaling functions are conducted lAW higher HQ and commander guidance.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
1. The platoon leader/sergeant supervises clearance and marshaling yard
functions (STP 55-8811 MQS: 01-7220.90-0255, 0320, and 0335).

a. Maintains communication with higher HQ, tactical operation
center, POCD, and PSA.

b. Provides operational control of cargo entering and leaving the
marshaling yard.

c.
Determines the workload.

d.
Supervises PSA personnel.

e Ensures inbound and outbound containers and cargo are
segregated by priority, destination, and special handling (security, mail,
and hazardous) requirements.

f. Ensures segregation of retrograde cargo and containers by size
and type with empty and loaded containers further segregated.

g.
Conducts safety briefing.

h.
Briefs higher HQ.

5-253

DODDOA-007118
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
2. The transportation management NCO supervises the transportation management coordinator (STP 55-88N24-SM-TG: 551-719-2401, 3405, 3406 and 551-782-4401; STP 55-88N1-SM: 551-719-1401 and 1402; 551-722-1400, 1412, 1413, 1414, 1416, 1417;).
a.
Tallies and scans inbound and outbound cargo.

b.
Documents and redirects cargo, as required.

c.
Conducts daily marshaling yard checks and maintains cargo log.

d.
Identifies and determines PLACARD requirements for hazardous cargo.

e.
Coordinates with MCT to identify cargo for onward movement and transshipment.

3. The cargo transfer section chief supervises loading and unloading, clearance, and marshaling of inbound and outbound cargo (STP 88H24-SM-TG:, 551-729-4505, 4506, and 551-776-4503, 551-719-3503, 551-721-3503, 551-729-3505, 551-729-3516, 551-776-3501, 551-719-2504, 551-729-2502, STP 55-88H1-SM 551-719-1501, 1508, 551-729-1501, 551-726-1507, 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, and 1514).
a.
Supervises CH.E/MHE operators.

b.
Segregates and directs cargo to designated area.

c.
Supervises the stuffing and unstuffmg of containers.

d.
Supervises the loading and unloading of general, containers, and hazardous and dangerous cargo for motor transport shipment.

e.
Tallies cargo.

f.
Protects cargo against pilferage.

g.
Inspects containers and computes volume of cargo prior to stuffing containers.

h.
Supervises temporary storage of hazardous and dangerous cargo.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
i.
Monitors container security procedures.

j.
Monitors handling of security and special cargo.

k.
Provides daily cargo activity report to platoon leader/sergeant.

4. The contact team (provided by the maintenance platoon) supports
marshaling yard operations.

a.
Assists PSA contact team.

b.
Provides recovery operations.

c.
Provides maintenance service, as needed.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
Reference Task Number Task Title
STP 55-8811-MQS 01-7220.90-0255 Plan Stevedoring Operations 01-7220.90-0320 Determine Personnel/ Equipment Requirements for Transportation Terminal Operations
01-7220.90-0335 Develop cargo Physical Security Plan STP 55-88N24-SM-TG 551-782-4401 Evaluate Packaging and Handling Deficiencies 551-719-3405 Inspect cargo Shipping Documents 551-719-3406 Inspects Loading of Transport Equipment 551-719-2401 Divert, Reconsign, or Hold Cargo
5-255

DODDOA-007120
.
Reference Task Number Task Title
.
STP 55-88N1-SM 551-719-1401 Prepare TCMD for Cargo Shipment 551-719-1402 Prepare Labels or Mark Shipment 551-722-1400 Tally Cargo Loaded onto Carrier's Equipment 551-722-1412 Inspect Inbound/Outbound Motor Shipments 551-722-1413 Inspects .Cargo Loads for Proper
Weight Distribution 551-722-1414 Apply Seals to Motor Vans 551-722-1416 Update Container
Accountability
551-722-1417 Regulate Hazardous Material Shipments in All Modes of Transportation
STP 55-881124 551-729-4505 Monitor Container Security Procedures 551-729-4506 Monitor Handling of Security Cargo
551-776-4503 Monitor Dangerous or Hazardous Cargo Operations for Motor Transport Movement
551-719-3503 Inspect cargo Checker's Tally for Correctness 551-721-3503 Supervise Operator's
Maintenance 551-721-3505 Review DA Form 2404 551-729-3505 Protects Cargo Against
Pilferage
551-729-3516 Perform Inspection of Container in Preparation for Loading Cargo
551-776-3501 Supervise Dangerous or Hazardous Cargo Operations for Motor Transport Movement
551-719-2504 Compute Volume of Cargo
551-729-2502 Direct Loading and Unloading of Cargo In and Out of Containers
.
STP 55-88111-SM 551-719-1501 Tally Cargo 551-719-1508 Record Onward Movement of Cargo on DD Form 1384 551-726-1506 Perform Starting Procedures on Rough-Terrain Container Handler
Reference Task Number.Task Title
551-726-1507.Communicate with Hand and Arm Signals when Operating Rough-Terrain Container Handler
551-726-1508.Drive Rough-Terrain Container Handler without Load
551-726-1509.Attach Container Tophandler to Rough-Terrain Container Handler
551-726-1510.Lift Container Using Rough-Terrain Container Handler
551-726-1511 Drive the Rough-Terrain Container Handler with a Container Attached
551-726-1512.Off-Load a Container with Rough-Terrain Container Handler
551-726-1513.Disconnect Container Tophandler from Rough-Terrain Container Handler
551-726-1514.Perform After-Operation Shutdown Procedures on Rough-Terrain Container Handler
551-729-1501.Load and Unload Cargo In and Out of Container
5-257
ELEMENT: PORT OPERATIONS CARGO DETACHMENT CARGO TRANSFER COMPANY
TASK:.CONDUCT LOTS OPERATION TO DISCHARGE AND LOAD RO/RO, LO/LO AND CONTAINERS (55-2-1405) (FM 55-60, FM 55-17, FM 55-80)
ITERATION 1.
2.3.4 5.
M.(circle)

COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U. (circle)
CONDITIONS: Vessels have arrived and are waiting in the stream to be discharged and loaded. The POCD will augment the CTC and provide hatch gang as required to open and close hatches and discharge LO/LO, and containers from and onto lighterage. Coordination has been established for PSA support to discharge and load RO/RO equipment. The POCD will be provided with ship's cargo papers. Communications has been established with CTC, LCP and shipmate. Safety considerations during. LOTS operations will be dependent on weather, sea-state, visibility, or any safety consideration that may arise. LOTS operations is susceptible to air and missile attack, hostile unconventional forces, sabotage, terrorism, mining, and espionage. Higher HQ and detachment TSOP are available. This task should not be performed in MOPP.
TASK STANDARD: Discharging and loading of RO/RO and LO/LO are conducted IAW higher HQ, unit commander, and disposition instructions.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES ' GO NO GO
*
1. Terminal operations officer/section chief directs cargo-handling
operations (STP 55-88II-MQS: 01-7220.70-0060, 01-7220.70-0070, 01-
7220.90-0255, 01-7220.90-0320, 01-7220.90-0355, 01-7220.90-0365 STP 55-
88H24-SM-TG: 551-719-4502, 4503, 4504, 4505, 3501, 3502, 551-729-3505).

a.
Establishes communication with higher HQ, shipmate, CTC, LCP,
and PSA.

b.
Provides operations control for loading and unloading cargo.

c.
Determines the workload and cargo sequence.

d.
Coordinates with Higher HQ for track and wheel vehicle operators.

e.
Ensures personnel are licensed and trained on equipment.

f.
Ensures section leaders inspect personnel safety and ship's
equipment.

g.
Conducts safety briefing.

h.
Briefs higher HQ

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
2. The hatch foreman supervises cargo handler/hatch gang on removal of tie­down equipment.
a.
Supervises cargo handlers/hatch gang on unlashing cargo.

b.
Supervises the removal of dunnage from cargo.

c.
Supervises storage of tie-down equipment.

NOTE: This step will be conducted for each cargo compartment.
3. Section chief supervises crane operator discharging cargo using aboard ship crane (STP 55-88H24-SM-TG: 551-719-4503, 3501, 551-729- 4502, 4504, 3501, 3502, 3505, 3507,3515, 3517, 2503, 551-776-4501, 551-717-2501, 2506, 2507, 2508, 551-718-2501, 2502, 2503, 551-726-2402, 2404, 2405, 2406, 2407,2408, 2409, 2601, 1403, 1404, 1405, 1406, 1407, 1413, 1421,).
a.
Inspects the ship's cargo gear jointly with the ship's master or designated officer to ensure that it is in safe working conditions.

b.
Ensures operators are familiar with the limitations of the equipment and ensures crane limitations are not exceeded.

c. Establishes communications with signalman.

d.
Ensures cargo handlers attach two or more taglines on each sling set in order to control swinging.

e.
Positions a signalman in the hold of the ship to direct uphook procedures.

f.
Positions a signalman on the deck, visible to the crane operator, to direct crane operations.

g. Monitor the handling of hazardous, sensitive, and security cargo.
5-259
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
4. Hatch foreman supervises cargo handlers discharging cargo to lighterage (STP 55-88H24-SM-TG: 551-719-3501,3503, 2502, 1501, 551-717-1501, 551-729-4503, 4504, 4505, 4506, 551-776-4501,3502, 3505, 2503, 1519).
a.
Ensures lighterage is positioned to accommodate ships outboard booms.

b.
Positions two to four tagline handlers to align and steady cargo as it is lowered into the lighterage.

c.
Positions a signalman on the lighterage, visible to the signalman on the deck, to direct crane operator.

d. Lands the draft at the crest of the wave in rough water.

e.
Monitors cargo handlers to prevent individuals from standing in the cargo space when landing lighterage.

f.
Ensures loads are not dropped on the lighter deck.

g.
Monitors the handling of hazardous, sensitive, and security cargo.

h.
Instructs the cargo handlers to always push the draft into place and never pull draft into position to prevent personnel from slipping or falling underneath the draft.

i.
Ensures cargo handlers properly load and secure vehicles to be carried in lighterage.

j. Supervises cargo checkers tallying cargo.
NOTE: This step will be conducted for each cargo compartment.
5. The hatch foreman supervises personnel opening and closing vessel hatches (551-726-2408, 1411, 551-717-1518).
a.
Conducts safety briefing.

b.
Prepares slings to open/close hatch covers.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES c. Coordinates hatch open/closing with shipmate. GO NO GO
(1) Removes and secures ships hatch covers, if equipped, in coordination with crane operator.
(2) Removes and secures ships batten covers (if equipped).
6. Hatch foreman supervises cargo handlers discharging cargo during LO/LO operations (STP 55-88H24-SM-TG: 551-719-4503, 3501, 3503, 1501, 551-729-4502, 4504, 4506, 3505, 3509, 3515, 3517, 2503, 2505, 2506, 551-776-4501,).
a. Positions two to four tagline handlers on pier to hook up cargo to be loaded.
b. Positions two to four tagline handlers in cargo hold to unhook and position cargo as loaded.
c. Monitors cargo handlers to prevent individuals from standing in the cargo space when landing in the hold.
d. Ensures loads are not dropped on the deck.
e. Supervises cargo checkers tallying cargo.
f. Supervises MHE operation in cargo hold. •
7. Hatch foreman supervises cargo handlers loading cargo during LO/LO operations (STP 55-88H24-SM-TG: 551-719-4502, .3502, 3503, 1501, 551-729-4502, 4503, 4505, 4506, 3505, 3509, 3515, 3517, 2503, 2505, 2506, 551-776-4501).
a. Positions two to four tagline handlers on pier to hook up cargo to be loaded.
b. Positions two to four tagline handlers in cargo hold to unhook and position cargo as loaded.
c. Monitors cargo handlers to prevent individuals from standing in the cargo space when landing in the hold.
d. Ensures loads are not dropped on the deck.

5-261
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
e.
Supervises cargo checkers tallying cargo.

f.
Supervises MHE operation in cargo hold.

8. Section chief supervises crane operator loading cargo using ship crane (551-726-2402, 2403, 2404, 2405, 2406, 2407, 2408, 2409, 2601, 1403, 1404, 1405, 1406, 1407, 1411, 1413, 1421).
a.
Ensures operators are familiar with the limitations of the equipment and ensures crane limitations are not exceeded.

b. Establishes communications with signalman.

c.
Ensures cargo handlers attach two or more taglines on each sling set in order to control swinging.

d.
Positions a signalman in the hold of the ship to direct stowage procedures.

e.
Positions a signalman on the deck, visible to the crane operator, to direct crane operations.

9. Hatch foreman supervises cargo handlers loading cargo from lighterage onto vessel (STP 55-88H24-SM-TG: 551-719-3503, 2502, 1501, 551-729-4502, 4504, 4505, 4506, 3502, 3509, 551-717-1501, 551-776-4501).
a.
Positions two to four tagline handlers to align and steady cargo as it is lowered into the hold.

b. Ensures the draft is hoisted at the crest of the wave in rough water.

c.
Monitors cargo handlers to prevent individuals from standing in the cargo space when landing in the hold.

d. Ensures loads are not dropped on the deck.

e.
Instructs the cargo handlers to always push the draft into place and never pull draft into position to prevent personnel from slipping or falling underneath the draft.

f. Supervises cargo checkers tallying cargo.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
10. Section chief supervises RO/RO operations (Si? 55-88H24-SM-TG: 551-719-4502/ 3512; 551-729-1511/1512).
a.
Conducts safety briefing.

b.
Ensures all personnel wear hearing protection.

c.
Supervises PSA drivers.

d.
Ensures wheel/track operators perform equipment brake check before each ramp.

e.
Ensures vehicles are not operated (moved) aboard the ship without a vehicle director present.

f.
Positions vehicle director at a location where potential traffic hazards exist (such as intersections, ramp approaches or departure points and final stow locations).

g. Supervises cargo handlers operating MHE.
11. The contact team supports ship's operations (STP 55-88H24-SM-TG: 551-721-3503).
a.
Assists PSA drivers with non-operators maintenance.

b.
Provides recovery for disabled vehicles.

12. The hatch foreman supervises cargo handler/hatch gang (STP 55-88H24-SM-TG: 551-729-4503/3501/3502/3507/3510/3511/3514/2506/1519; 551-726-1416/1417/1423; 551-726-2412/2413).
a.
Supervises cargo handlers/hatch gang lashing cargo.

b.
Supervises the blocking and bracing of cargo.

c.
Supervises the use of dunnage on cargo.

d.
Supervises storage of unused tie-down equipment.

5-263

DODDOA-007128
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
.

Reference Task Number.
STP 55-88II-MQS.01-7220.70-0060.01-7220.70-0070.
01-7220.90-0255.01-7220.90-0320.
01-7220.90-0355.01-7220.90-0365.
STP 55-88H24-SM-TG.551-719-4502. 551-719-4503.
551-719-4504. 551-719-4505. 551-719-3501. 551-719-3502. 551-719-3503. 551-719-2502. 551-719-2503. 551-721-3503. 551-729-4502.
Task Title

Report Lost/Damaged Cargo Determine Daily Cargo Handling Capabilities of Supported Area Plan Stevedoring Operations Determine Personnel/ Equipment Requirements for Transportation Terminal Operations Supervise Cargo Accountability Plan Cargo Vessel Discharge Using Ocean Cargo Manifest Use Prestowage Plan in Preparation for Loading Review Stowage Plan in Preparation for Discharge Review Advance DD Form 1384 Interpret Data on Manifest Review Ocean Documentation in Preparation for Discharge Review Stowage Plan in Preparation for Loading Inspect Cargo Checker's Tally for Corrections Locate Cargo Designated for Discharge Determine Materials-handling Equipment Required for Operations Supervise Operator's Maintenance Spot-Check Dragline Operations
Reference Task Number. Task Title
551-729-4503. Spot-Check Cargo Stowage and
Securing Operations
551-729-4504. Monitor the Rigging of Three
Standard Cargo Booms for
Heavy Lift Operations
551-729-4505. Monitor Container Security
Procedures
551-729-4506. Monitor Handling of Security
Cargo
551-729-3501. Supervise Lashing Containers
on the Deck of a Landing Craft
551-729-3502. Supervise Loading Lighters at
Shipside During Logistics Over­
the-Shore Operations
551-729-3505. Protect cargo Against Pilferage
551-729-3507. Inspect Stowage of Containers
Aboard a Cargo Vessel
551-729-3509. Supervise the Stowage of
General Cargo Aboard a Cargo
Vessel
551-729-3510. Supervise Securing of Wheeled
Vehicles on Deck
551-729-3511. Supervise Securing of Tracked
Vehicles in the Hold of a Ship
551-729-3512. Supervise Stowage of Wheeled
Vehicles in the Hold of Ship
551-729-3514. Supervise Blocking, Bracing,
and Lashing of Tracked
Vehicles Aboard a Cargo
Vessel
551-729-3515. Supervise Rigging a Dragline
551-729-3517. Inspect Container Spreader Bars
for Serviceability
551-729-2503. Direct Rigging of a Dragline to
Position Cargo
551-729-2505. Direct the Stowage of General
Cargo at Assigned Hatch
551-729-2506. Direct Securing Cargo at
Assigned Hatch
551-729-2507. Direct Winch Operations
551-717-2501. Direct the Preparation of Three
Standard Rigs of cargo Booms
551-717-2506. Direct the Rigging of Four
Booms with a Block-in-Bight
551-717-2507. Direct the Rigging of Four
Booms Doubled Up on a
Double-Rig Hatch
5-265
DODD0A-007130

STP 55-88H1-SM

Task Number.
551-717-2508.
551-718-2501.
551-718-2502.551-776-4501.
551-718-2503.551-726-2402.551-726-2404.
551-726-2405.
551-726-2406.
551-726-2407.
551-726-2408.551-726-2409.551-726-2412.551-726-2413.551-726-2601.551-717-1501.
551-717-1518.551-726-1402.551-726-1403.
Task Title

Direct Topping Booms Equipped with Multiple-Topping Lifts (Boom in Cradle) Direct Application of Wire Rope Clips Needed for Lashing Cargo Determine the Safe Working Capacity of Fiber Rope Monitor the Handling of Dangerous or Hazardous Cargo Aboard a Cargo Vessel Compute the Safe Working Capacity of Wire Rope Direct Emergency Procedures on Hagglunds Cranes Direct Stowing and Unstowing Hagglunds Crane in Parking Support Direct Setup Procedures on Hagglunds Crane for Single Mode Operations Direct Setup Procedures on Hagglunds Crane for Twin Mode Operations Direct Spreader Operations with Hagglunds Crane using 20-,35-, and 40-foot Spreader Direct Opening, Closing, and Removal of Hatch Covers Direct Loading/Discharging of Flatracks Direct Securing of Containers on Ship's Deck Direct Securing Helicopters on Ship's Deck Signal Crane Operator Using Standard hand Signals Inspect's Ship Gear Open and Close Hatches Perform emergency Procedures on Hagglunds Crane Perform Preoperational Checks on Hagglunds Crane
Reference. Task Number. Task Title
551-726-1405. Perform Setup Procedures and
Operate Hagglunds Crane in
Single Mode
551-726-1406. Perform Setup procedures and
Operate Hagglunds Crane in
Twin Mode
551-726-1411. Open, Close, and Remove
Hatch Covers
551-726-1413. Load or Discharge Flatracks
551-726-1421. Signal Crane Operator Using
Standard hand Signal
551-729-1502. Signal Winch Operator Using
Standard Hand Signals

5-267

DODDOA-007132
ELEMENT: PORT OPERATIONS CARGO DETACHMENT CARGO TRANSFER COMPANY
TASK:.CONDUCT CARGO OPERATIONS TO DISCHARGE AND LOAD BREAKBULK CARGO (55-2-1406) (FM 55-60, FM 55-17, FM 55-80)
ITERATION.1.2.3 4 5.
M.(circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U.(circle)
CONDITIONS: Vessels has arrived and is waiting at pierside to be discharged and loaded in an improved port. The POCD will provide hatch gang, as required, to open and close hatches and discharge and load breakbulk cargo. The POCD has made coordination with the CTC for additional cargo handlers. The POCD will be provided with ship's cargo papers. Communications has been established with CTC, TOC, and shipmate. Coordination has been made for CTC to conduct port clearance. Safety considerations during cargo operations will be dependent on weather, visibility, or any safety consideration that may arise. Cargo operations is susceptible to air and missile attack, hostile unconventional forces, sabotage, terrorism, mining, and espionage. Higher HQ and detachment TSOP are available. This task should not be performed in MOPP.
TASK STANDARD: Discharging and loading of breakbulk cargo is conducted IAW higher HQ, unit commander, and disposition instructions.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Terminal operations officer/section chief directs cargo-handling operations
(STP 55-8811-MQS: 01-7220.70-0060, 01-7220.70-0070, 01-7220.90-0255,
01-7220.90-0320, 01-7220-90-0355, 01-7220.90-0365; STP 55-88H24-SM-
TG: 551-719-4502, 4503, 551-729-4502, 4503).

a.
Establishes communication with higher HQ, MSC, MTMC, CTC,
PMCT, and shipmate.

b.
Provides operations control for loading and unloading cargo.

c.
Determines the workload and cargo sequence.

d.
Ensures personnel are licensed and trained on equipment.

e.
Ensures section leaders inspect personnel safety equipment.

f.
Conducts safety briefing.

g.
Coordinates with CTC for port clearance.

h.
Briefs higher HQ.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
2. The hatch foreman supervises cargo handler/hatch gang.
a. Supervises the removal of blocking and bracing material from breakbulk cargo.
b. Supervises the removal of dunnage from cargo hold.
NOTE: This step will be conducted for each cargo compartment.
3. Section chief supervises crane operator discharging/loading cargo from and to the weather deck: 551-726-2402, 2402, 2403, 2404, 2405, 2406, 2407, STP 55-88H1-SM-TG: 551-726-1402, 1403, 1405, 1406, 1407, 1413, 1421, 551-729-1502).
a. Ensures operators are familiar with the limitations of the crane and ensures crane limitations are not exceeded.
b.
Ensures operators perform PMCS on equipment before operating.

c.
Establishes communications with signalman.

d Ensures cargo handlers attach two or more taglines on each sling set in order to control draft.
e.
Positions a signalman in the hold of the ship to direct uphook procedures.

f.
Positions a signalman on the deck, visible to the crane operator, to direct crane operations.

4. Hatch foreman supervises cargo handlers discharging cargo from weather deck. (STP 55-88H24-SM-SM-TG: 551-717-2501, 2506, 2507, 2508, 551-718-2502, 2503, 2504, 2505, 2506, 2507, 2508, 2509, 551-719-2501, 2502, 2503, 551-729-2503, 2507, )
a. Supervises hatch gang hooking up cargo.
b.
Monitors hatch gang to prevent individuals from standing in the cargo space when landing drafts.

c.
Instructs the cargo handlers to always push the draft into place and never pull draft into position to prevent personnel from slipping or falling underneath the draft.

5-269

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
d. Supervises cargo checkers tallying cargo.
e.
Positions two tagline handlers to unhook cargo as it is lowered onto the pier.

f.
Supervises MHE operation in the hold. NOTE: This step will be conducted for each cargo compartment.

5. The hatch foreman supervises personnel opening and closing vessel hatches (STP 55-881124-SM-TG: 551-726-2408, STP 55-88H1-SM: 551-717-1518, 551-726-1411).
a.
Conducts safety briefing.

b.
Coordinates hatch open/closing with shipmate.

c.
Ensures slings are prepared to open/close hatch covers.

(1) Removes and secures ships hatch covers, if equipped, in coordination with crane operator.
(2) Removes and secures ships batten covers (if equipped).
6. The contact team supports ship's operations.
a.
Assists MHE operators with non-operators maintenance.

b.
Provides recovery for disabled vehicles.

7. Section chief supervises crane operator discharging/loading cargo from ship compartments (STP 55-88H24-SM-TG: 551-719-4502, 551-729-4502, 551-726-2601).
a. Ensures operators are familiar with the limitations of the equipment and ensures crane limitations are not exceeded.
b. Establishes communications with signalman.
c Ensures cargo handlers attach two or more taglines on each sling set in order to control draft.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
d.
Positions a signalman in the hold of the ship to direct stowage
procedures.

e.
Positions a signalman on the deck, visible to the crane operator, to
direct crane operations.

8. Hatch foreman supervises cargo handler discharging/loading cargo from
ship compartments (STP 55-88H24-SM-TG: 551-719-3502, 3503, 551-729-
3509, 3515, 2503, 2505, 2506,

a.
Positions two to four tagline handlers on pier to hook up cargo to
be loaded...

b.
Positions two to four tagline handlers in cargo hold to unhook and
position cargo as loaded.

c.
Monitors cargo handlers to prevent individuals from standing in the
cargo space when landing in the hold.

d.
Ensures loads are not dropped on the deck.

e.
Supervises cargo checkers tallying cargo.

f.
Supervises MHE operation in cargo hold.

9. The hatch foreman supervises the securing of cargo (STP 55-88H24-SM-
TG: 551-729-3501, 3509, 551-729-2506).

a.
Supervises the blocking and bracing of cargo.

b.
Supervises the use of dunnage on cargo.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.
5-271

SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS

Reference. Task Number.
STP 55-8811-MQS.01-7220.70-0060.01-7220.70-0070.
01-7220.90-0320.
01-7220.90-0255.01-7220.90-0h5.01-7220.90-0365.

STP 55-88H24-SM-TG.551-719-4502.551-719-4503.551-729-4502.551-729-4503.551-719-3502.551-719-3503.551-729-3501.551-729-3509.
551-729-3515.551-717-2501.
551-717-2506.551-717-2507.
551-717-2508.
Task Title

Report Lost/Damaged Cargo Determine Daily Cargo Handling Capabilities of Supported Area Determine Personnel/ Equipment Requirements for Transportation Terminal Operations Plan Stevedoring Operations Supervise cargo Accountability Plan Cargo Vessel Discharge Using Ocean Cargo Manifest Use Prestowage Plan in Preparation for Loading Review Stowage Plan in Preparation for Discharge Spot-Check Dragline Operations Spot-Check Cargo Stowage and Securing Operations Review Prestowage Plan in Preparation for Loading Inspect Cargo Checker's Tally for Correctness Supervise Lashing Containers on the Deck of a Landing Craft Supervise the Stowage of General Cargo Aboard a Cargo Vessel Supervise Rigging a Dragline Direct the Preparation of the Three Standards Rigs of Cargo Booms Direct the Rigging of Four Booms with a Block-in-Bight Direct the Rigging of Four Booms Double up on a Double-Rig Hatch Direct Topping Booms Equipped with Multiple-Topping Lifts (Boom in Cradle)
.

Reference Task Number
551-718-2501
551-718-2502 551-718-2503 551-718-2504 551-718-2505
551-718-2506 551-718-2507 551-718-2508
551-718-2509 551-719-2501 551-719-2502 551-719-2503
551-726-2402 551-726-2404
551-726-2405
551-726-2406

551-726-2408 551-726-2601 551-729-2503 551-729-2505 551-729-2506
Task Title

Direct Application of Wire Rope Clips Needed for Lashing Cargo Determine the Safe Working Capacity of Fiber Rope Compute the Safe Working Capacity of Wire Rope Compute the Safe Working Capacity of Chains Compute Tension of Slings Inspect Fiber Rope for Serviceability Inspect Wire Rope for Serviceability Inspect Cargo Hooks and Chains for Serviceability and Stowage Conduct Inspection of Cargo-Handling Gear Use Cargo Marking to Facilitate Handling Locate Cargo designated for Discharge Determine Materials-handling Equipment Required for Operations Direct Emergency Procedures on Hagglunds Crane Direct Stowing and Unstowing Hagglunds Crane in Parking Support Direct Setup procedures on Hagglunds Crane for Single Mode Operations Direct Procedures on Hagglunds Crane for Crane for Twin Mode Operations Direct Opening, Closing, and Removal of Hatch Covers Signal Crane Operator Using Standard hand Signals Direct Rigging of a Dragline to
Position Cargo Direct the Stowage of General Cargo at Assigned Hatch Direct Securing Cargo at Assigned Hatch
5-273

.

Reference Task Number.
551-729-2507. 551-717-1518. 551-726-1402.
551-726-1403.
551-726-1405.
551-726-1406.
551-726-1411.
551-726-1413. 551-726-1421. 551-729-1502.
Task Title
Direct Winch Operations Open and Close Hatches Perform emergency Procedures on Hagglunds Crane Perform Preoperational Checks on Hagglunds Crane Perform Setup Procedures and Operate Hagglunds Crane in Single Mode Perform Setup procedures and Operate Hagglunds Crane in Twin Mode Open, Close, and Remove Hatch Covers Load or Discharge Flatracks Signal Crane Operator Using Standard hand Signal Signal Winch Operator Using Standard Hand Signal

ELEMENT: PORT OPERATIONS CARGO DETACHMENT CARGO TRANSFER COMPANY
TASK:.CONDUCT PIERSIDE OPERATIONS TO DISCHARGE AND LOAD CARGO (55-2-1407) (FM 55-60, FM 55-17, FM 55-80)
ITERATION.1.2.3 4 5.
M.(circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U. (circle)
CONDITIONS: Vessels have arrived and are waiting at an improved port to be discharged and loaded. The POCD will provide hatch gang, as required, to open and close hatches and discharge and load RO/RO and LO/LO breakbulk cargo and vehicles. The POCD has made coordination with the CTC for additional cargo handlers. The POCD will be provided with ship's cargo papers. Communications has been established with PSA, MSC, MTMC, and shipmate. Safety considerations during pierside operations will be dependent on weather, visibility, or any safety consideration that may arise. Pierside operations are susceptible to air and missile attack, ostile unconventional forces, sabotage, terrorism, mining, and espionage. Higher HQ and detachment TSOP are available. This task should not be performed in MOPP.
TASK STANDARD: Discharging and loading of RO/RO and LO/LO cargo is conducted IAW higher HQ, unit commander, and disposition instructions.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. The POCD terminal operations officer/section chief directs cargo­handling operations (STP 55-88II-MQS: 01-7220.70-0060, 01-7220.70-0070,
01-7220.90-0255, 01-7220.90-0320, 01-7220-90-0355, 01-7220.90-0365 STP
55-88H24-SM-TG: 551-719-4502, 4503, 551-729-4502, 4503, 551-729-4506).

a.
Establishes communication with higher HQ, shipmate, MSC,
MTMC, and PSA.

b.
Coordinates with CTC to arrange for port clearance.

c.
Provides operations control for loading and unloading cargo.

d.
Determines the workload and cargo sequence.

e.
Coordinates with PSA for track and wheel vehicle operators.

f.
Ensures personnel are licensed and trained on equipment.
g.Ensures section leaders inspect personnel safety equipment.

h.
Conducts safety briefing.

i.
Briefs higher HQ.

5-275

DODDOA-007140
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
2. The hatch foreman supervises cargo handler/hatch gang on removal of tie­down equipment.
a. Supervises cargo handlers/hatch gang on unlashing cargo.
b. Supervises the removal of tie down, blocking, and bracing material from RO/RO and LO/LO cargo.
c.
Supervises the removal of dunnage from cargo.

d.
Supervises storage of tie-down equipment.

e.
Supervises the placement of all safety lines.

NOTE: This step will be conducted for each cargo compartment.
3. Section chief supervises crane operator discharging cargo using ship crane
.

(STP 55-88H24-SM-TG: 551-726-2402, 2402, 2403, 2404, 2405, 2406, 2407, STP 55-88H1-SM-TG: 551-726-1402,.1403, 1405, 1406, 1407, 1413, 1421, 551-729-1502).
a.
Ensures operators are familiar with the limitations of the equipment and ensures crane limitations are not exceeded.

b. Establishes communications with signalman.

c.
Ensures cargo handlers attach two or more taglines on each sling set in order to control swinging.

d.
Positions a signalman in the hold of the ship to direct uphook procedures.

e.
Positions a signalman on the deck, visible to the crane operator, to direct crane operations.

f.
Positions two to four tagline handlers to align and steady cargo as it is lowered into the pier.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
4. Hatch foreman supervises cargo handlers discharging cargo to pierside (STP 55-88H24-SM-SM-TG: 551-717-2501, 2506, 2507, 2508, 551-718-2502, 2503, 2504, 2505, 2506, 2507, 2508, 2509, 551-719-2501, 2502, 2503, 551-729-2503, 2507, )
a. Monitors cargo handlers to prevent individuals from standing in the under drafts.
b.
Ensures loads are safely lifted to the pier.

c.
Supervises cargo checkers tallying cargo.

NOTE: This step will be conducted for each cargo compartment.
5. The hatch foreman supervises personnel opening and closing vessel hatches (STP 55-88H24-SM-TG: 551-726-2408, STP.55-88H1-SM: 551-717-1518, 551-726-1411).
a.
Conducts safety briefing.

b.
Prepares slings to open/close hatch covers.

c.
Coordinates hatch open/closing with shipmate.

(1)
Removes and secures ships hatch covers, if equipped, in coordination with crane operator.

(2) Removes and secures ships batten covers (if equipped).

d.
Ensures that seal protectors are correctly placed at each compartment door.

6. The contact team supports ship's operations.
a.
Assists PSA drivers with non-operators maintenance.

b.
Provides recovery for disabled vehicles.

5-277

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
7. Section chief supervises crane operator loading cargo using ship crane (STP 55-88H24-SM-TG: 551-719-4502, 551-729-4502, 551-726-2601).
a. Ensures operators are familiar with the limitations of the equipment and ensures crane limitations are not exceeded.
b. Establishes communications with signalman.
c Ensures cargo handlers attach two or more taglines on each sling set in order to control swinging.
d.
Positions a signalman in the hold of the ship to direct stowage procedures

e.
Positions a signalman on the deck, visible to the crane operator, to direct crane operations.

f.
Positions two to four tagline handlers to align and steady cargo as it is lowered into the hold.

8. Hatch foreman supervises cargo handlers loading cargo during LO/LO operations (STP 55-88H24-SM-TG: 551-719-3502, 3503, 551-729-3505, 3509, 3515, 2503, 2505, 2506).
a.
Positions two to four tagline handlers on pier to hook up cargo to be loaded.

b.
Positions two to four tagline handlers in cargo hold to unhook and position cargo as loaded.

c.
Monitors cargo handlers to prevent individuals from standing in the cargo space when landing in the hold.

d.
Ensures loads are not dropped on the deck.

e.
Supervises cargo checkers tallying cargo.

f.
Supervises MHE operation in cargo hold.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
9. Hatch foreman supervises cargo handlers loading cargo from lighterage
onto vessel.

a. Ensures the draft is hoisted at the crest of the wave in rough water.
b.
Monitors cargo handlers to prevent individuals from standing in the cargo space when landing in the hold.

c. Ensures loads are not dropped on the deck.

d.
Instructs the cargo handlers to always push the draft into place and never pull draft into position to prevent personnel from slipping or falling underneath the draft.

e. Supervises cargo checkers tallying cargo.
10. Section chief supervises RO/RO operations.
a.
Conducts safety briefing.

b.
Ensures all personnel wear hearing protection.

c.
Supervises PSA drivers.

d.
Ensures wheel/track operators perform equipment brake check before each ramp.

e.
Ensures vehicles are not operated (moved) aboard the ship without a vehicle director present.

f.
Positions vehicle director at a location where potential traffic hazards exist (such as intersections, ramp approaches or departure points, and final stow locations).

g. Supervises cargo handlers operating MHE.
11. The hatch foreman supervises cargo handler/hatch gang (STP 55-8824-SM-TG: 551-719-3503, 551-729-3509,3510, 3511, 3512, 3514, STP 55-88H1-SM: 551-719-1501, 551-729-1511, 1512, 1519).
a.
Supervises cargo handlers/hatch gang lashing cargo.

b.
Supervises the blocking, and bracing of cargo.

5-279

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
c.
Supervises the use of dunnage on cargo.

d.
Supervises storage of unused tie-down equipment.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
.

Reference Task Number.Task Title
.
STP 55-88II-MQS 01-7220.70-0060 Report Lost/Damaged Cargo
01-7220.70-0070 Determine Daily Cargo Handling Capabilities of Supported Area
01-7220.90-0320 Determine Personnel/ Equipment Requirements for Transportation Terminal Operations
01-7220.90-0255 Plan Stevedoring Operations STP 55-88II-MQS 01-7220.90-0355 Supervise cargo Accountability 01-7220.90-0365 Plan Cargo Vessel Discharge
.

Using Ocean Cargo Manifest STP 55-88H24-SM-TG 551-719-4503 Review Stowage Plan in Preparation for Loading 551-719-4502 Use Prestowage Plan in Preparation for Discharge 551-729-4502 Spot-Check Dragline Operations 551-729-4503 Spot-Check Cargo Stowage and Securing Operations 551-719-3502 Review Prestowage Plan in Preparation for Loading 551-719-3503 Inspect Cargo Checker's Tally for Correctness
Reference Task Number. Task Title
551-729-3501. Supervise Lashing Containers
on the Deck of a Landing Craft
551-729-3509. Supervise the Stowage of
General Cargo Aboard a Cargo
Vessel
551-729-3515. Supervise Rigging a Dragline
551-717-2501. Direct the Preparation of the
Three Standards Rigs of Cargo
Booms
551-717-2506. Direct the Rigging of Four
Booms with a Block-in-Bight
551-717-2507. Direct the Rigging of Four
Booms Double up on a Double-
Rig Hatch
551-717-2508. Direct Topping Booms -
Equipped With Multiple-
Topping Lifts (Boom in Cradle)
551-718-2501. Direct Application of Wire
Rope Clips Needed for Lashing
Cargo
551-718-2502. Determine the Safe Working
Capacity of Fiber Rope
551-718-2503. Compute the Safe Working
Capacity of Wire Rope
551-718-2504. Compute the Safe Working
Capacity of Chains
551-718-2505. Compute Tension of Slings
551-718-2506. Inspect Fiber Rope for
Serviceability
551-718-2507. Inspect Wire Rope for
Serviceability
551-718-2508. Inspect Cargo Hooks and
Chains for Serviceability and
Stowage
551-718-2509. Conduct Inspection of Cargo-
Handling Gear
551-719-2501. Use Cargo Marking to Facilitate
Handling
551-719-2502. Locate Cargo designated for
Discharge
551-719-2503. Determine Materials-handling
Equipment Required for
Operations

5-281

Task Number.
551-726-2402.551-726-2404.
551-726-2405.
551-726-2406.
551-726-2408.551-726-2601.551-729-2503.551-729-2505.551-729-2506.551-729-2507.551-726-1402.551-726-1403.551-726-1405.551-726-1406.
551-726-1411.
551-726-1413.551-726-1421.
551-729-1502.
Task Title

Direct Emergency Procedures on Hagglunds Crane Direct Stowing and Unstowing Hagglunds Crane in Parking Support Direct Setup procedures on Hagglunds Crane for Single Mode Operations Direct Procedures on Hagglunds Crane for Crane for Twin Mode Operations Direct Opening, Closing, and Removal of Hatch Covers Signal Crane Operator Using Standard hand Signals Direct Rigging of a Dragline to Position Cargo Direct the Stowage of General Cargo at Assigned Hatch Direct Securing Cargo at Assigned Hatch Direct Winch Operations Perform emergency Procedures on Hagglunds Crane Perform Preoperational Checks on Hagglunds Crane Perform Setup Procedures and Operate Hagglunds Crane in Single Mode Perform Setup procedures and Operate Hagglunds Crane in Twin Mode Open, Close, and Remove Hatch Covers Load or Discharge Flatracks Signal Crane Operator Using Standard hand Signal Signal Winch Operator Using Standard Hand Signals
ELEMENT: CARGO TRANSFER COMPANY
TASK:.CONDUCT CARGO TRANSFER OPERATIONS (55-2-1408) (FM 55-17, FM55-30, FM 55-65, DOD REG 4500.32-R)
ITERATION.1.2.3.4 5.
M.(circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U. (circle)
CONDITIONS: Unit cargo is arriving at the terminal. Cargo is to be transfer cargo from one • mode of transportation or conveyance to another. The CTC will provide a cargo transfer platoon with additional personnel from the documentation section, truck squad, and maintenance section to operate separately from the company. The cargo transfer point has been established. The cargo transfer platoon will provide command, control, and communications for the elements. The terminal is susceptible to air and missile attack, hostile unconventional forces, sabotage, terrorism, mining, and espionage. Higher HQ and commander TSOPs are available. This task should not be performed in MOPP.
TASK STANDARD: To discharge, load, and transship cargo from one mode of transportation to another to meet mission requirement IAW higher HQ, unit commander, and disposition instructions.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Commander/operation officer provides operational control for cargo
transfer operations.

a.
Establishes communication with higher HQ, MSC, and PMCT, and
appropriate agencies.

b.
Conducts risk assessment.

c.
Briefs platoon leader/sergeant.

*2. Platoon leader/sergeant supervises cargo transfer operations (STP 55-88-
MQS: 01-7220.70-0060, 0070, 01-7220.90-0320, 0355, STP 55-88H24-SM-
TG: 551-740-4301, 551-729-4505,4506, 551-776-4503).

a.
Maintains communications with higher HQ, PMCT, and unit TOC.

b.
Briefs personnel on duties and responsibilities.

c.
Coordinates for PSA support.

d. Determines CHE/MHE requirements based upon local operating
conditions.

5-283

DODDOA-007149
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
e. Reviews documentation for cargo that needs to be diverted or reconsigned.
f.
Conducts safety briefmg.

g.
Briefs unit commander and HQ.

3. Documentation section verifies, and documents cargo being loaded and unloaded (STP 55-88N24-SM-TG: 551-719-3404, 3405, 3406, 551-719-2400, 2401, 2403, 2404, 2405,551-719-1400, 1401, 1402, 1403, 551-722-1400, 1412, 1413, 1414,).
a.
Ensures unit equipment is in compliance with height, width, and weight restrictions.

b.
Inspects secondary loads for packing, crating, banding, blocking, and bracing.

c.
Inventories containers founded with broken seals or apparent pilferage.

d.
Segregates frustrated cargo to a holding area pending resolution of documentation or mechanical problems.

e. Corrects and documents frustrated and multiple stop cargo.

f.
Documents cargo being transshipped from one mode of transportation to another.

g.
Ensures containers loaded with HAZMAT have been stuffed, documented, and placard correctly.

h.
Verifies cargo is properly marked with MSL and packing lists.

i.
Tallies cargo.

j.
Scans military shipping labels using bar code readers.

k.
Downloads scanners, updates DAMMS/TC AIMS II, and provide ITV.

1. Briefs platoon leader/sergeant.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
4. The cargo transfer section chief or designated NCOIC supervises loading and unloading operations (STP 55-88H24-SM-TG: 551-740-3301, 551-719-3503, 551-721-3503, 3505, 551-729-3505, 3516, 3517, 551-719-2501, 2502, 2503, 551-729-2502, 551-740-2301, 2305, 2306, 2307, STP 55-88H1-SM: 551-719-1501, 1507, 1508, 551-726-1506, 1507, 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, 1514, 1520, 1521, 1522, 1524, 1525, 1526, 1528, 551-729-1501, 551-740-1302, 1303, 1305).
a. Conducts safety briefing.
b.
Supervises operators performing PMCS on CHE/MHE and ensure all deficiencies noted are corrected.

c.
Ensures inspections are performed on containers, pallets, and semi-trailers prior to being loaded.

d.
Supervises cargo checker/handler stuffing and unstuffmg of containers.

e. Supervises cargo checker/handler inspecting 463L pallets.

f.
Supervises CHE/MHE operators conducting loading and unloading operations.

g. Supervises the handling of security cargo.

h.
Supervises PSA drivers loading and unloading tracked/wheeled vehicles on and off railcar and semitrailer.

i.
Provides technical advice to PSA personnel on Blocking, Bracing, and Tie-Down Material.

j.
Supervises wheeled vehicle operators shuttling cargo to and from transfer point.

k. Protects cargo against pilferage.
1. Enforces safety procedures at all times.
m. Provides daily cargo activity report to platoon leader/sergeant.
5-285

DODD0A-007151
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES
5. The contact team (provided by the maintenance platoon) supports cargo transfer operations.
a.
Assists PSA contact team.

b.
Provides recovery operations.

c.
Provides maintenance service, as needed.

GO NO GO

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.

SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
.
Reference Task Number.
STP 55-88II-MQS.01-7220.70-0060.01-7220.70-0070.
01-7220.90-0320.

01-7220.90-0355.STP 55-88H24-SM-TG.551-729-4505.
551-729-4506.551-740-4301.551-776-4503.
551-719-3503.551-721-3503.

Task Title
Report Lost/Damaged Cargo Determine Daily Cargo Handling Capabilities of Supported Area Determine Personnel/ Equipment Requirements for Transportation Terminal Operations Supervise cargo Accountability Monitor Container Security Procedures Monitor Handling of Security Cargo Review Rail Plan for Loading/Unloading Cargo Monitor Dangerous or Hazardous Cargo Operation for Motor Transport Movement Inspect Cargo Checker's Tally for Correctness Supervise Operator's Maintenance
Reference
STP 5588H1 -SM
-

Task Number.
551-721-3505.551-729-3505.551-729-3516.
551-729-3517.551-740-3301.551-719-2501.551-719-2502.551-719-2503.
551-729-2502.
551-740-2301.
551-740-2305.
551-740-2307.
551-719-1501.551-719-1507.
551-719-1508.
551-726-1506.
551-726-1507.
551-726-1508.551-726-1509.551-726-1510.

Task Title
Review DA Form 2404 Protect Cargo Against Pilferage Perform Inspection of Container in Preparation for Loading Cargo Inspect Container Spreader Bars for Serviceability Supervise Loading of Wheeled or Tracked Vehicles on Railcars Use Cargo Marking to Facilitate Handling Locate Cargo Designated for Discharge Determine Materials-handling Equipment Required for Operations Direct Loading and Unloading of Cargo In and Out of Containers Inspect Freight Cars for Loading Dangerous or Hazardous Cargo Compute Blocking and Bracing Materials Required for Rail Movement Compute Volume of Cargo for • Freight Cars Tally Cargo Check Cargo Into In-Transit Storage Area Record Onward Movement of Cargo on DD Form 1384 Perform starting Procedures on of Rough-Terrain Container Handler Communicate with Hand and Ann signal when Operating Rough- Terrain Container Handler Drive Rough-Terrain Container Handler without a Load Attach Container Tophandler to Rough-Terrain Container Lift Container Using Rough-Terrain Container
5-287

DODDOA-007153
Reference
STP 88N24-SM-TG

Task Number. Task Title
551-726-1511. Drive the Rough-Terrain
Container Handler with a
Container Attached
551-726-1512. Off-load Container with Rough-
Terrain Container handler
551-726-1513. Disconnect Container
Tophandler from Rough-Terrain
Container Handler
551-726-1514. Perform. After-Operation
Shutdown Procedures on
Rough-Terrain Container
Handler
551-726-1520. Start the 10,000 pound Rough-
Terrain Forklift
551-726-1521. Stop and Shut Down 10,000-
pound Rough-Terrain Forklift
551-726-1522. Put 10,000 Pound Rough-
Terrain Forklift in Motion
551-726-1524. Handle Palletized Load with
Rough-Terrain Forklift
(Pettibone)
551-726-1525. Deposit Palletized Loads with
Rough-Terrain Forklift
551-726-1526. Enter and Exit Surf with
10,000- pound Rough-Terrain
Forklift (Pettibone)

551-726-1528 Operate 10,000-pound Rough-Terrain Forklift (M10A) Under Blackout Conditions
551-729-1501.Load and Unload Cargo In and Out of Containers 551-740-1302.Load Wheeled and Tracked Vehicles on Flatcar 551-740-1303.Load Palletized Cargo Into Boxcars 551-740-1305.Mark Dangerous cargo for Rail Transport 551-719-3404.Inspect Request for Routing of Cargo Shipment 551-719-3405.Inspect cargo Shipping Documents 551-719-3406.Inspect Loading of Transport Equipment 551-719-2400.Record Cargo Data of Shipment Planning Worksheet

Reference. Task Number. Task Title
551-719-2401. Divert, Reconsign, or Hold
Cargo
551-719-2403. Initiate Tracer Action Request
for Transportation Status (TM 1)
551-719-2404. Respond to Tracer Action
551-719-2405. Prepare SF 1103 (US
Government Bill of Lading) for
Cargo Movement
551-719-1400. Establish and Maintain Record
of Equipment Status
551-719-1401. Prepare TCMD for Cargo
Shipment
551-719-1402. Prepare Labels or Mark
Shipment
551-719-1403. Prepare Report of Shipment
(REPSHIP) for Export
Shipment of Hazardous
Material
551-722-1400. Tally Cargo Loaded onto
Carrier's Equipment
551-722-1412. Inspect Inbound/Outbound
Motor Shipment
551-722-1413. Inspect Cargo Loads for proper
Weight Distribution
551-722-1414. Apply Seals to Motor Vans

5-289

DODDOA-007155
ELEMENT: CARGO TRANSFER PLATOON
TASK:.CONDUCT CONTAINER OPERATIONS AT A HUB (55-2-1409) 55-10, FM 55-80)
.
ITERATION.1 3 4.
5.M.(circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U.(circle)
CONDITIONS: The Supply Support Activity/hub is receiving a surge of containers and requires additional CHE/MHE to alleviate cargo backlogs. The CTC will provide transportation management coordinators, cargo checker/handlers, CHE/MHE, and maintenance personnel to supplement cargo-handling operations to load, discharge, and transload cargo. Container handling and transshipment operations are performed day or night and under all environmental conditions. The SSA/hub MCT has made coordination for transportation assets to transport cargo. Higher HQ and unit SOP's are available. Some iterations of this task can be performed in MOPP.
TASK STANDARD: Container handling and transshipment operations are conducted JAW higher HQ and commanders guidance.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. The platoon leader/sergeant provides command, control, and mobile/base
communications for platoon operations.

a.
Maintains communication with higher HQ, unit tactical operation
center, and hub MCT.

b.
Receives disposition instructions from hub MCT.

c.
Conducts risk assessment.

d.
Conducts safety briefing.

e.
Supervises container yard operations.

f.
Briefs higher HQ and unit commander.

2. The transportation management NCO supervises the transportation
management coordinator and cargo checkers on cargo handled by the unit
(STP 55-88N24-SM-TG: 551-719-3405, 3406, 2400, 2401; STP 55-88N1-SM
551-719-1402).

a.
Ensures cargo is documented for transshipment.

b.
Ensures cargo diverted or reconsigned is properly documented.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
c. Ensures frustrated cargo is identified and documented.
d. Examines documentation for all cargo handled by the platoon
before forwarding to MCT.

e. Briefs platoon leader/sergeant
3. The section chief supervises personnel conducting container handling and
transshipment operations (STP 55-88H24-SM-TG: 551-729-4505, 4506, 551-
721-3503, 551-719-1508, 551-729-3505, 3516, 3517, STP 55-88141-SM: 551-
726-1506, 1507, 1508,1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1512, 1513, 1514, 1520, 1521,
1522, 1524,1525, 1526, 1528).

a.
Conducts safety briefing.

b.
Supervises PMCS on CHE/MHE equipment.

c.
Supervises personnel performing inspections on containers.

d.
Supervises CHE/MHE operators

e.
Supervises stuffing and unstuffing of containers.

f.
Reviews tally sheets and make necessary corrections.

g.
Monitors container security procedures.

h.
Monitors handling of security cargo.

i.
Protects cargo against pilferage.

j.
Briefs platoon leader/sergeant.

NOTE: "*" Indicates a "leader" tasks.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

5-291

DODDOA-007157
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS

Reference. Task Number.
STP 55-88II-MQS.01-7220.70-0060.01-7220.70-0070.
01-7220.90-0320.

01-7220.90-0355.STP 55-88N24-SM-TG.551-719-3405. 551-719-3406. 551-719-1402. STP 55-88H24-SM-TG:.551-729-4505.
551-729-4506. 551-729-3505. 551-729-3516.

551-729-3517. 551--721-3503. STP 55-88H1-SM.551-719-1508. 551-726-1506.
551-726-1507.
551-726-1508. 551-726-1509. 551-726-1510.

Task Title
Report Lost/Damaged Cargo Determine Daily Cargo Handling Capabilities of Supported Area Determine Personnel/ Equipment Requirements for Transportation Terminal Operations Supervise Cargo Accountability Inspect Cargo Shipping Documents Inspect Loading of Transport Equipment Prepare TCMD for Cargo Shipment Monitor Container Security Procedures Monitor Handling of Security Cargo Protect Cargo Against Pilferage Perform Inspection of Container in Preparation for Loading Cargo Inspect container Spreader Bars for Serviceability Supervise Operator's Maintenance Record Onward Movement of Cargo on DD Form 1384 Perform starting Procedures on of Rough-Terrain Container Handler Communicate with Hand and Arm signal when Operating Rough- Terrain Container Handler Drive Rough-Terrain Container Handler Without a Load Attach Container Tophandler to Rough-Terrain Container Lift Container Using Rough-Terrain Container
Reference Task Number
551-726-1511
551-726-1512 551-726-1513 551-726-1514
551-726-1520 551-726-1521 551-726-1522 551-726-1524
551-726-1525 551-726-1526
551-726-1528

Task Title
Drive the Rough-Terrain Container Handler with a Container Attached Off-load Container with Rough-Terrain Container handler Disconnect Container Tophandler from Rough-Terrain Container Handler Perform After-Operation Shutdown Procedures on Rough-Terrain Container Handler Start the 10,000 pound Rough-Terrain Forklift Stop and Shut Down 10,000­pound Rough-Terrain Folklift Put 10,000 Pound Rough-Terrain Forklift in Motion Handle Palletized Load with Rough-Terrain Forklift (Pettibone) Deposit Palletized Loads with Rough-Terrain Forklift Enter and Exit Surf with 10,000- pound Rough-Terrain Forklift (Pettibone) Operate 10,000-pound Rough-Terrain Forklift (M 10A) Under Blackout Conditions
5-293

DODDOA-007159
ELEMENT: UNIT TASK:.SET UP LOGISTICS OPERATIONS CENTER (63-2-4012) (FM 10-27-3, (AR 530-1, FM 100-14, FM 20-3, FM 21-10, FM 5-103, TC 5-400) ITERATION.1.2.3 4 5.
M.(circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U.(circle)
CONDITIONS: The commander has briefed unit leaders on the occupation plan. The general location of the LOC has been identified. The unit has analog and digital communications with higher HQ. The advance/quartering party has established the forward CP and has completed some preliminary preparations. Higher HQ TSOP and layout plan are available. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: External layout of the LOC is completed IAW higher HQ layout plan and TSOP, and within the prescribed time frame.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Commander/first sergeant supervises establishment of the LOC.

a.
Coordinates final locations with higher HQ staff element and
communications chief.

b.
Supervises positioning of vehicles and tentage IAW the layout
plan.

c.
Supervises employment of camouflage and concealment measures
to ensure consistency with current tactical situation.

d. Supervises construction of barriers around LOC area.

e.
Coordinates set up of communications equipment with higher HQ
communications staff element using analog and digital communications.

f.
Establishes LOC entrance and exit guard posts JAW instructions in
the TSOP and/or higher HQ staff element's guidance.

g.
Designates helicopter landing area in coordination with the higher
HQ staff element.

h.
Enforces safety procedures IAW RSOP and applicable
publications.

i.
Enforces environmental stewardship program procedures JAW TC
5-400.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
2. Unit sets up the LOC.
a.
Positions all vehicles IAW layout plan.

b.
Sets up tentage IAW layout plan.

c.
Remotes radios and generators.

d.
Constructs noise barriers for all generators.

e.
Camouflages all equipment, tentage, and vehicles.

f.
Constructs concertina wire barrier around the LOC.

g.
Employs safety procedures JAW TSOP and applicable
publications.

h.
Employs environmental stewardship program procedures IAW TC
5-400.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.
5-295
ELEMENT: UNIT
TASK:.PROVIDE PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT (63-2-4015) (AR 600-8-104, AR 220-1, AR 380-5, AR 600-8-1, AR 600-8-19, AR 600-8-2, FM 12-6)
ITERATION.1.2.3 4.
5.M.(circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U. (circle)
CONDITIONS: The higher headquarters S1 requires a personnel daily summary report. The unit has analog and digital communications with higher HQ. The higher HQ OPORD, the unit TSOP, and higher HQ TSOP are available. The unit HQ is required to continuously support combat operations over a prolonged period of time. Unit personnel may have been killed, wounded, captured, and/or missing. Replacements are arriving and administrative issues need to be resolved. The tactical situation allows time for personnel and administrative actions. This task is performed simultaneously with other support and operational tasks. Field-expedient and natural shelters are available. This task is performed under all day and night environmental conditions. The unit is subject to air, NBC, and all levels of threat forces attacks. Some iterations of this task should be • performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: Personnel and administrative support services are provided as prescribed by TSOP and OPORD. At MOPP4, personnel and administrative support is reduced to minimal essential actions.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
1. Unit HQ processes casualty reports.
a.
Maintain situational awareness using analog and digital
communications.

b. Verifies reports for completeness and accuracy.

c.
Forwards 100 percent accurate reports and witness statements to
higher HQ staff element within 24 hours of incident using analog and digital
communications.

d. Updates unit battle roster to reflect 100 percent accuracy.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
2. Unit HQ performs strength accounting.
a. Consolidates elements' personnel status reports.
b. Forwards personnel status report to the higher HQ staff element NLT time specified in the OPORD and TSOP using analog and digital communications.
c. Updates battle roster to reflect 100 percent accuracy.
3. Unit HQ performs equipment status reporting.
a. Consolidates elements' equipment status reports.
b. Forwards equipment status reports to higher HQ-staff element NLT time specified in the OPORD and TSOP using analog and digital communications.
4. Unit HQ processes replacements.
a.
Inspects all replacement personnel for proper weapons, MOPP gear, equipment, clothing, and shot records.

b.
Briefs replacements on tactical situation.

c.
Briefs replacements on chain of command and specific duties.

d.
Issues required supplies and equipment.

e.
Escorts unit replacements to assigned area.

f.
Records replacement data on battle reports.

g.
Coordinates transportation for movement of replacement individuals for supported unit to the gaining activity using analog and digital communications.

h.
Coordinates with support medical element for required immunizations using analog and digital communications.

5-297
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
5. Unit HQ provides administrative support.
a.
Forwards 100 percent accurate personnel and finance support requests to higher HQ staff element within 24 hours using analog and digital communications.

b.
Coordinates UCMJ actions with the battalion legal clerk using analog and digital communications.

c.
Administers unit awards program IAW procedures prescribed in the higher HQ TSOP.

d.
Provides unit-level mail service as prescribed by appropriate regulations and unit TSOP.

e. Maintains classified materials IAW appropriate regulations.
6. Unit HQ implements microcomputer and ULC security procedures.
a.
Establishes "controlled access" procedures to ULC and microcomputer area(s).

b. Restricts access to computers by use of classified passwords.

c.
Rotates operator passwords every 30 days or earlier if compromise is suspected.

d.
Monitors ULC and microcomputers for proper usage.

e.
Establishes computer report distribution procedures.

7. Unit HQ provides health, welfare, and morale support.
a.
Coordinates for the distribution of specialty packs and sundry items IAW higher HQ OPORD and TSOP using analog and digital communications.

b.
Monitors unit field feeding for compliance with the TSOP.

c.
Monitors unit sleep and rest plan for compliance with the TSOP.

d.
Supervises physical conditioning program.

e.
Coordinates laundry and shower exchange support with the S4 section using analog and digital communications.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
f.
Coordinates for religious activity support using analog and digital
communications.

g.
Disseminates health, welfare, and morale support information to all
subelements using analog and digital communications.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
..
References Task Number Task Title
STP 21-24-SMCT 121-030-3534.Report Casualties
STP 21-111-MQS 03-0001.00-0028.Develop a Physical Fitness Program at the Company or Battalion Level
03-0150.00-1008.Initiate a Recommendation for an Award 03-0170.01-1005.Perform Wartime Strength Accounting at Unit Level 03-3711.12-0002.Protect Classified Information and Material 03-4976.90-0501.Prepare a Materiel Condition
Status Report 03-5105.00-0002.Direct Field Feeding Operations 03-908.0.10-1002.Administer Military Justice at
Platoon or Section Level STP 21-I-MQS S1-9080.00-0001.The Military Justice System
5-299
ELEMENT: UNIT
TASK: PERFORM AREA DAMAGE CONTROL FUNCTIONS (63-2-4028) (FM 100-14, FM 21-16, FM 3-3, FM 3-4, TC 5-400)
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M (circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT T P U (circle)
CONDITIONS: The unit is relieved of a threat encounter or threat forces have completely withdrawn from the area. The attack has caused heavy damage to the unit area. The commander and/or higher HQ has required a damage assessment be performed. The unit has analog and digital communications with higher HQ. The higher HQ OPORD, the unit TSOP, and higher HQ TSOP are available. Higher level HQ Control and Assessment CP has been established and is manned by control and assessment team personnel. ADC resources are not expended to remove or repair materials or structures that have no impact on mission accomplishment. Assistance is provided to supported elements, as required. This task is performed under all day and night environmental conditions. The unit is subject to air, NBC, and all levels of threat forces attacks. This task is always performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: All mission-hindering debris and safety hazards are cleared and marked. ADC is conducted IAW the higher HQ TSOP and OPORD. At MOPP4, performance degradation factors minimally increase ADC activities completion times.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Commander and leaders supervise unit ADC activities.

a. Identify damage to CP area.

b.
Forward ADC SITREP to Control and Assessment CP using analog
and digital communications or messenger.

c.
Identify ADC policies and procedures by reviewing appropriate
annex of the TSOP and higher HQ rear operations annex.

d.
Identify danger areas and informs subordinate elements.

e.
Supervise unit restoration activities.

f.
Coordinate additional support requirements with Control and
Assessment CP using analog and digital communications or messenger.

g.
Coordinate dispatch of ADC teams with Control and Assessment
CP using analog and digital communications.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*2. Commander and leaders organize unit ADC teams.
a.
Assemble required team members and equipment IAW the higher HQ OPORD and TSOP.

b.
Dispatch control and assessment team personnel and equipment to Control and. Assessment CP.

c.
Organize decontamination squad(s) and light rescue squad(s) as prescribed by TSOP and higher HQ S4 guidance.

d. Brief decontamination and rescue squads.

e.
Dispatch decontamination and rescue squads as directed by Control and Assessment CP.

3. Unit performs restoration activities.
a. Establishes barrier and/or checkpoints that deny access to danger areas such as those containing unexploded ordnance, POL fires, and damaged structures.
.b. Treats casualties.
NOTE: See Task 63-2-4517 for detailed treatment procedures.
c.
Transports casualties. NOTE: See Task 63-2-4316 for detailed casualty transportation procedures.

d. Relocates major items of equipment and supplies to safe areas.

e.
Conducts fire fighting operations until all threatening fires are extinguished.

f. Employs NBC defense measures.

g.
Removes rubble, debris, and inoperative vehicles and equipment (mission essential only).

h.
Reports locations of fires and unexploded ordnance to control and assessment team using analog and digital communications.

5-301
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
i. Employs safety procedures IAW TSOP and publications.
j. Employs environmental stewardship protection program procedures IAW TC 5-400.
NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT T P U (circle)
References Task Number Task Title
STP 21-24-SMCT 031-503-3010 Supervise Employment of
Nuclear, Biological, or
Chemical Markers
STP 21-I-MQS 04-8310.00-3007 Evaluate a Casualty

ELEMENT: UNIT
TASK: PERFORM RECOVERY OPERATIONS (63-2-4071) (FM 9-43-2, DA PAM 385-1, DA PAM 738-750, FM 100-14, FM 21-305, FM 21-3FM 9-43-1, TC 5-400) 06,
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M (circle)

CONDITIONS: The company is providing field maintenance in support of tactical operations from its established field or MOUT location. The section has analog and digital communications with the Maintenance Control Office. The higher HQ OPORD, with all annexes and overlays, has been forwarded to the unit commander's digital device. Unit and higher TSOPs are available. This task is performed under all day and night environmental conditions. The unit is subject to air, NBC, and ground Level I threat forces attack. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: Equipment is returned to battle or recovered to the unit maintenance collection point (UMCP) for repair. At MOPP4, performance degradation factors increase time required to perform maintenance and repair parts supply support and task completion times.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Maintenance Control Officer/NCOIC prepares to dispatch a recovery team using analog or digital communications.

a.
Coordinates with the customer unit to verify the location of the disabled vehicle using analog or digital communications.

b.
Identifies personnel required to perform the recovery operation.

c.
Identifies equipment required to perform the recovery operation.

d.
Briefs the recovery team leader on the tactical situation and the recovery operation.

e.
Monitors recovery team analog and digital communications for a request for additional support.

f.
Coordinates mission status with Support Operations using analog or digital communications.

g. Enforces safety.procedures IAW TSOP and publications.

h.
Enforces environmental stewardship protection program procedures IAW TC 5-400.

5-303

DODDOA-007169
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*2. Recovery team leader coordinates the recovery operation with the unit using analog or digital communications.
a. Identifies best route to vehicle location given the tactical situation.
b.
Coordinates indirect fire support along the route with the S2/S3 section.

c. Organizes recovery team personnel.

d.
Briefs recovery team on the tactical situation and the recovery operation.

e. Enforces safety procedures IAW TSOP and publications.

f.
Enforces environmental stewardship protection program procedures JAW TC 5-400.

3. Recovery team performs the recovery operation.
a.
Maintains security while en route to the recovery site.

b.
Establishes local security at the recovery site.

c.
Removes casualties from the vehicle.

d.
Treats causalities. NOTE: See Task 63-2-4517 for detailed treatment procedures.

e. Requests medical assistance, if required.

f.
Transports casualties, if required. NOTE: See Task 63-2-4316 for detailed transportation procedures.

g.
Identifies method of recovery to be used in the recovery operation.

h.
Recovers equipment IAW established recovery procedures.

i.
Performs battle damage assessment to determine if repairs are required.

j. Performs repairs or BDAR on site, if possible.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
k. Operates automated data computer IAW applicable ETMs.
1. Recovers non-reparable equipment back to UMCP.
m Employs safety procedures IAW TSOP and publications.

n. Employs environmental stewardship protection program
procedures IAW TC 5-400.

4. Recovery team destroys unrecoverable equipment.
a.
Requests disposition of unrecoverable equipment from the
Maintenance Control Section using analog or digital communications.

b. Conducts salvage operations to remove all useable equipment.

c.
Prepares vehicle and equipment for destruction IAW the TSOP and
applicable TM.

d.
Destroys vehicle on order from the commander or designated
representative.

e. Employs safety procedures IAW TSOP and publications.

f.
Employs environmental stewardship protection program procedures
IAW TC 5-400.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.
5-305
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS

References Task Number Task Title
STP 9-63H14-SM-TG 091-309-0638 Supervise Operator
Maintenance of Recovery
Equipment (DS/GS)
091-409-0613 Supervise the Application of
Controlled Exchange
Procedures
STP 9-915A-W1 091-309-0638 Supervise Operator
Maintenance of Recovery
Equipment (DS/GS)

ELEMENT: HEADQUARTERS DETACHMENT
TASK: COMBAT BATTLEFIELD STRESS (63-2-4303) (FM 22-51, FM 3-4, FM 3-5, FM 22-9)
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M (circle)

COMMANDERJLEADER ASSESSMENT T P U (circle)
CONDITIONS: Movement control support operations have commenced. Detachment personnel are deployed in support of battalion operations. Operations continue over a prolonged time, causing stressful situations for personnel. The detachment commander directed that battlefield stress management procedures be implemented. Some iterations should be done in MOPP 4.
TASK STANDARD: Detachment applies techniques that counter the degradation of morale, training, and physical condition of detachment personnel in performance of the mission. At MOPP 4, performance degradation factors increase the need for stress prevention implementation.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Commander and leaders perform stress prevention leader actions
(STP 21-II-MQS: S3-9001.18-0002, 03-9001.11-0002).

a.
Issue warning orders, OPORDs, and FRAGOs to the lowest
possible level.

b.
Provide soldiers with an accurate assessment of the friendly
and enemy situations.

c. Brief leader's intention to all detachment personnel.

d.
Speak positively concerning the detachment's missions,
purpose, and abilities.

e. Encourage a positive attitude throughout the detachment.

f.
Institute an information dissemination plan to quell and
prevent rumors.

g. Inform personnel of availability of religious support.
5-307
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*2. Commander and leaders implement sleep plan.
a.
Provide a safe and secure area away from vehicles and other high noise activities.

b.
Develop a sleep plan that provides all soldiers 3 to 4 hours of uninterrupted sleep per day.

c. Adjust sleep plan as dictated by tactical situation.
*3. Detachment leaders implement task rotation or restructuring procedures.
a. Cross-train detachment personnel on critical tasks.
b.
Develop plan for rotation of detachment personnel between demanding and non-demanding tasks.

c.
Assign two soldiers to function independently on tasks requiring a high degree of accuracy.

d.
Adjust task rotation policies and procedures to the tactical situation.

*4. Detachment leaders implement stress-coping and management techniques (STP 21-1I-MQS: S3-9001.18-0002).
a.
Implement a buddy system to observe signs of stress or battle fatigue among the soldiers and leaders.

b.
Provide instruction on relaxation techniques to all personnel prior to deployment.

c.
Reintegrate RTD stressed or battle-fatigued soldiers into their specific element.

*5. Commander and leaders implement treatment techniques.
a.
Develop a plan to deal with mild, seriously stressed, or battle fatigue cases.

b.
Assign soldiers who show signs of stress or battle fatigue to simple tasks.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES c. Direct leaders to be supportive of battle-fatigued or stressed soldiers. GO NO GO
d. Move soldiers showing no signs of improvement to detachment trains or medical facilities.
e. Refer for medical evaluation those soldiers showing signs of serious stress or battle fatigue.
6. Detachment personnel employ stress prevention measures.
a. Maintain a positive attitude concerning the detachment's mission, purpose, and abilities.
b. Comply with the detachment commander's sleep plan.
c. Observe other soldiers for signs of stress or battle fatigue.
d. Report signs of stress or battle fatigue in other soldiers to immediate supervisor.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO" TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO" TOTAL
NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.

5-309

DODDOA-007175
ELEMENT: HEADQUARTERS DETACHMENT TASK: PROCESS ENEMY PRISONERS OF WAR (63-2-4304) (FM 19-40, FM 3-4, FM 3-5, FM 100-15)
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M (circle) COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT T P U (circle) CONDITIONS: Threat soldiers are surrendering or being captured. The detachment is
supporting tactical operations. MPs have established an EPW collection point in the support area.
The Bn TSOP and OPORD are available. Some iterations should be done in MOPP 4.

NOTE: Masks and protective clothing, if available, are provided to EPW.
TASK STANDARD: Detachment evacuates EPW to the designated EPW holding area within the
time prescribed in the TSOP and/or battalion directives. At MOPP 4, EPW processing and
evacuation times increase significantly.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Commander and leaders supervise EPW processing in the
detachment area (STP 21-II-MQS: 03-3751.01-0101; STP 21-24-
SMCT: 071-331-0802).

a.
Disseminate designated EPW collection point locations to all
sub-elements.

b.
Coordinate disposition of EPW with higher HQ before
transporting to the rear.

c.
Monitor processing procedures to ensure compliance with
the TSOP and current INTSUM.

2. Detachment personnel search EPW (STP 21-II-MQS: 03-3711.13-
0001; STP 21-24-SMCT: 071-331-0802).

a.
Remove all weapons and documents.

b.
Return personal items of no military intelligence value.

c.
Provide EPW with a receipt for personal items taken.

d. Tag each EPW and each item removed with date/time group,
location of capture, capturing unit, and circumstances of capture.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES 3. Detachment personnel segregate EPW (STP 21-24-SMCT: 071-331-0802). GO NO GO
a. Segregate, when possible; EPW by rank, sex, deserters, civilians, nationality, and ideology.
b. Treat EPW casualties.
NOTE: See task 63-2-4517 for detailed treatment procedures.
c. Evacuate EPW casualties.
NOTE: See task 63-2-4316 for detailed evacuation procedures.
4. Detachment personnel silence EPW (STP 21-24-SMCT: 071-331-0802).
a. Prevent EPW leaders from giving orders.
b. Prevent communications between captured personnel.
c. Conduct no conversations in front of enemy prisoners except to issue orders and maintain discipline.
5. Detachment personnel transport EPW to the rear (STP 21-24-SMCT: 071-331-0802).
a. Remove EPW from dangers of the immediate battle area.
b. Prevent abuse of EPW by fellow soldiers or local populace.
c. Transport EPW by vehicle to the nearest collection point.
NOTE: If transportation is unavailable or time and distance factors permit, march EPW to nearest collection point.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO" TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO" TOTAL
NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.

5-311

DODDOA-007177
ELEMENT: HEADQUARTERS DETACHMENT
TASK: PROCESS CAPTURED DOCUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT (63-2-4305) (FM 34-54, FM 3-4, FM 3-5)
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M (circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT T P U (circle)
CONDITIONS: Threat equipment and documents are captured. The detachment is supporting tactical operations. The Bn TSOP and OPORD are available. Some iterations should be done in MOPP 4.
TASK STANDARD: The detachment processes all captured documents and equipment IAW disposition instructions from higher HQ TSOP. At MOPP 4, captured documents and equipment processing and disposition times increase.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Commander and leaders supervise captured document and
equipment processing (STP 21-11-MQS: 03-3711.13-0001; STP 21-24-
SMCT: 071-331-0802).

a.
Disseminate to all sub-elements, instructions and procedures
for processing captured documents and equipment.

b.
Coordinate disposition of captured documents and
equipment with higher HQ.

c.
Coordinate with higher HQ for transportation of equipment
to the rear.

d.
Monitor processing procedures to ensure compliance with
the TSOP and higher HQ guidance.

2. Detachment reports capture of documents or equipment to higher
HQ.

a.
Process reports for documents and equipment IAW FM 34-
54 and TSOP.

b.
Request disposition of captured documents and equipment
from higher HQ.

c.
Tag all captured documents and equipment before
evacuation.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES 3. Detachment executes approved disposition of captured documents and equipment. GO NO GO
a. Evacuate captured equipment IAW disposition instructions.
b. Destroy the captured equipment less medical IAW disposition instructions.
NOTE: If tactical situation does not permit equipment destruction or evacuation, or other special instructions exist, abandon captured equipment IAW disposition instructions.
c. Evacuate documents through higher HQ to intelligence personnel.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO" TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO" TOTAL
NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.

5-313

DODDOA-007179
ELEMENT: HEADQUARTERS DETACHMENT
TASK: PERFORM FIELD SANITATION FUNCTIONS (63-2-4315) (FM 21-10, AR 40-5, FM 3-4, FM 3-5, FM 21-10-1)
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M (circle)

COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT T P U (circle)
CONDITIONS: Health hazards exist which require field sanitation measures. Detachment is in the field without permanent sanitation or water facilities. A field sanitation team is assisting the detachment commander in countering the health threat. The Bn TSOP and OPORD are available. All required sanitation equipment is available. Field sanitation activities are continuous and done simultaneously with other operational tasks. Some iterations should be done in MOPP 4.
TASK STANDARD: Field sanitation measures are accomplished JAW the TSOP, OPORD, and FM 21-10. The field sanitation team performs field sanitation activities IAW the TSOP, commander's guidance, and FM 21-10-1. At MOPP 4, only minimum-essential field sanitation activities are performed.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO *1. Detachment commander directs field sanitation measures (STP 21-II-MQS: 03-8310.00-9000).
a.
Select at least two soldiers for a field sanitation team IAW
AR 40-5.

b. Direct field sanitation activities to counter the health threat.

c.
Monitor field sanitation activities for compliance with TSOP
and FM 21-10.

d. Enforce individual field sanitation measures.

e.
Request assistance for health-related problems from
supporting medical unit IAW TSOP, OPORD, and medical plan.

f.
Enforce safety procedures IAW the TSOP and detachment
commander's guidance.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
2. Field sanitation team supervises detachment field sanitation activities (STP 21-I-MQS: 04-3304.01-0002; STP 21-II-MQS: 03-
.
8310.00-9000).
a. Maintain field sanitation basic load.
b.
Supervise the distribution of field sanitation basic load items IAW FM 21-10-1.

c.
Test detachment water supply for chlorine residual level IAW FM 21-10.

d.
Monitor protective measures directed against arthropods and rodents to determine control level IAW applicable directives and detachment commander's guidance.

e.
Monitor personnel for employment of correct hygiene measures.

f. Inspect latrines and urinals lAW FM 21-10 and the TSOP.

g.
Inspect liquid and solid waste disposal facilities to ensure compliance with FM 21-10 and the TSOP.

h. Inspect hand-washing devices IAW the TSOP.

i.
Inspect transport, storage, preparation, and service of food for compliance with FM 21-10 and the TSOP.

j.
Provide advice, recommendations, and training requirements to the detachment commander.

k.
Enforce safety procedures lAW the TSOP and detachment commander's guidance.

3. Detachment elements employ field sanitation measures (STP 21-I-MQS: 04-8310.00-3017/3019/3021/3022/3023; STP 21-1-SMCT: 081-831 -1043).
a. Maintain prescribed load of water purification materials IAW the TSOP.
b. Prepare nonpotable water for personal use IAW FM 21-10.
5-315
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES c. Consume only water designated as potable. GO NO GO
TSOP. d. Maintain latrines and hand-washing facilities IAW the
e. Employ preventive measures against cold and heat injuries.
f. Employ personal hygiene measures.
g. Employ preventive measures against arthropod and rodent infestation.
h. Report field sanitation deficiencies to field sanitation team.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO" TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO" TOTAL
NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.

ELEMENT: HEADQUARTERS DETACHMENT
TASK: TRANSPORT CASUALTIES (63-2-4316) (FM 8-10-6, FM 3-4, FM 3-5, FM 8-55, FM 8-285, FM 12-6, FM 21-11, FM 57-38, FM 100-5)
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M (circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT T P U (circle)
CONDITIONS: Detachment personnel are wounded and some may be chemically contaminated. Threat force contact is broken. Detachment defenses are reorganized. Casualties are evacuated from fighting positions to designated detachment medical collection points. All evacuation methods are employed. Some wounded EPW casualties may require evacuation. This task is performed simultaneously with other reorganization tasks. The Bn TSOP and OPORD are available. Some iterations should be done in MOPP 4.
TASK STANDARD: Casualties are evacuated as soon as the tactical situation permits, without causing additional injuries JAW the TSOP, OPORD, and FM 8-10-6. At MOPP 4, performance degradation factors increase casualty evacuation times.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Commander and leaders supervise evacuation of casualties.

a.
Identify casualty collection points.

b.
Identify evacuation requirements.

c.
Supervise preparation of casualties for evacuation.

d.
Coordinate evacuation of casualties from detachment area
with higher HQ IAW TSOP and FM 8-10-6.

e.
Coordinate security requirements for the pick-up site with
sub-elements and higher HQ.

f.
Disseminate evacuation information to detachment
personnel.

g.
Forward casualty feeder report and witness statements to
higher HQ IAW TSOP and FM 12-6.

5-317
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
2. Detachment personnel prepare casualties for evacuation.
a.
Treat casualties. NOTE: See task 63-2-4517 for detailed treatment procedures.

b.
Collect classified documents, such as SOI/SSI, maps, overlays, and key lists.

c.
Secure custody of organizational equipment IAW the TSOP.

d.
Forward spot casualty reports to detachment IAW the TSOP.

3. Detachment personnel evacuate casualties to collection points using manual carries (STP 21-I-MQS: 04-8310.00-3027/3028; STP 21-1-SMCT: 081-831-1040/1041).
a.
Select type of manual carry appropriate to situation and injury.

b.
Transport casualty without causing further injury IAW FM 8-10-6.

4. Detachment personnel evacuate casualties to casualty collection points using litter carries (STP 21-I-MQS: 04-8310.00-3028; STP 21-1-SMCT: 081-831-1041).
a. Identify litter team(s).
b.
Construct improvised litter from available material, as required.

c. Secure casualty on litter.

d.
Transport casualty without causing further injury IAW FM 8-10-6.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
5. Detachment personnel transport casualties to a medical treatment facility using available vehicles.
a. Load maximum number of casualties with the most seriously injured last JAW FM 8-10-6.
b.
Secure casualties in vehicle.

c.
Transport casualties without causing further injury.

*6. Commander and leaders request aero-medical evacuation (STP 21-11-MQS: 04-8310.00-1016; STP 21-24-SMCT: 081-831-0101).
a. Transmit request JAW OPORD, TSOP, and FM 8-10-6.
b.
Select landing site which provides sufficient space for helicopter hover, landing, and takeoff JAW FM 8-10-6 and FM 57-38.

c.
Supervise removal of all dangerous objects likely to be blown about prior to aircraft arrival.

d. Supervise security of landing site JAW the TSOP.
7. Detachment personnel assist in loading ambulance.
a.
Employ proper carrying and loading techniques JAW FM 8-10-6.

b.
Load casualties in the sequence directed by crew.

c.
Load casualties without causing unnecessary discomfort.

d.
Employ all safety procedures JAW the TSOP and FM 8-10-6.

8. Detachment personnel evacuate chemically contaminated casualties.
a. Mark contaminated casualties JAW the TSOP.
b. Notify supporting medical element that contaminated casualties are en route to their location.
5-319

DODDOA-007185
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES c. Transport casualties directly to a designated decontamination and treatment station. GO NO GO
d. Protect casualties from further contamination during transport.
9. Detachment personnel evacuate EPW casualties.
a. Maintain security of EPW casualties IAW the TSOP.
b. Search EPW casualties for weapons and ordnance prior to evacuation.
c. Evacuate EPW casualties IAW the provisions of the Geneva Conventions and the TSOP.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO" TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO" TOTAL
NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.

ELEMENTS: DETACHMENT HQ COMPANY HEADQUARTERS
TASK: PERFORM RISK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES (63-2-4326) (FM 100-14, DA PAM 385-1, FM 3-100.4)
ITERATION 1 3 4 5 M (circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT T P U (circle)
CONDITIONS: The unit is deployed in a tactical environment supporting operations. Safety hazards for personnel and equipment exist. Hazards increase as operations intensify. The unit has analog and/or digital communications with higher HQ. The higher HQ OPORD, unit TSOP, and higher HQ TSOP are available. This task is performed under environmental conditions, both day and night. The unit is subject to air, NBC, and all levels of threat forces attacks. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: Potential safety problems for tasks are identified and either reduced or eliminated. At MOPP4 performance degradation factors increase implementation time for risk management procedures.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Commander and leaders identify risk and or safety hazards.

a.
Maintain situational awareness using analog and/or digital
communications.

b.
Identify specified and implied missions and tasks in the
OPLAN, OPORD, and FRAGO using analog and/or digital
communications or messenger.

c.
Identify all risks associated with specified and implied
missions or tasks.

d. Integrate safety into every phase of the planning process.

e.
Contrast the benefits of safety measures to the unit's mission
versus the potential cost of risk or safety hazards.

f.
Conduct continuous assessment of phases of operations for
safety and risk reduction.

5-321
DODDOA-0071 87
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*2. Commander and leaders evaluate risk or safety hazards identified during operations.
a.
Identify previously executed unsafe acts and their corrective actions.

b. Identify all unwarranted risks.

c.
Compare identified risk to acceptable risk level stated in the commander's intent and based on the training objective.

d.
'Calculate projected equipment and personnel losses from accidents by reviewing historical records.

e.
Describe operations in terms of its risk level (extremely high, high, medium, low).

f Prepare courses of action that minimize accidental losses.
*3. Commander and leaders eliminate or reduce risk and safety hazards.
a.
Select course of action that maximizes operational effectiveness and minimizes risks.

b. Develop procedures that reduce risk.

c.
Provide guidance that enhances safety in all phases of operation.

d.
Prescribe safety and protective equipment that enhances safety and reduces risks.

e.
Enforce environmental stewardship protection program procedures.

4. Unit personnel employ safety enhancement procedures.
a. Practices safety procedures during all mission rehearsals and operations.
b. Corrects unsafe acts on the spot.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES c. Reports to unit safety officer risk or safety violations beyond unit's corrective level. GO NO GO
d. Employs environmental stewardship protection program.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO" TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO" "s" Indicates a leader task step. TOTAL
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS: NONE
OPFOR TASKS AND STANDARDS: NONE

5-323

DODDOA-007189
ELEMENT: HEADQUARTERS DETACHMENT
TASK: PROVIDE UNIT SUPPLY SUPPORT (63-2-4515) (DA Pam 710-2-1, AR 710-2, FM 3-4, FM 3-5)
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M (circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT T P U (circle)
CONDITIONS: Detachment is receiving requests for supplies from subordinate elements. Equipment and supplies are arriving through supply channels, but additional supplies may be required. Extra small arms and ammunition are stored in the supply area. Weapons may malfunction during operations. The Bn TSOP and OPORD are available. The supply area has been established and supply support is a continuous task performed simultaneously with other support and operational tasks. SCPE is on hand, or field-expedient and natural shelters are available. Some iterations should be done in MOPP 4.
TASK STANDARD: Supplies, weapons, and ammunition requirements established by the TSOP and/or OPORD are on hand or are coordinated for use, when needed. At MOPP 4, unit supply support is reduced to minimum essential actions.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO *1. Commander directs detachment supply operations (STP 21-I-MQS: 04-3304.01-0002; STP 21-II-MQS: 03-5101.00-0281/0284).
a.
Inspect supply records and status to ensure compliance with
supply regulations, directives, and the TSOP.

b.
Direct inventories of supplies and equipment to calculate
assets on hand.

c.
Inspect detachment equipment, weapons, and ammunition
storage areas for compliance with supply regulations, directives, and the
TSOP.

d.
Direct issue of supplies and equipment IAW battalion
guidance and/or TSOP.

e.
Forward supply, weapons, and small arms ammunition
requirements to higher HQ.

ARTEP 55-819-30-MTP
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES *2. Supply sergeant supervises unit supply activities (STP 10-92Y24-SM-TG: 101-521-2151/2152/2154/2161/2202/2252/3101/3102/3105/ 3107/3251/3252). GO NO GO
assets. a. Inspect supply status to determine due-in quantity of total
b. Conduct inventories to calculate assets on hand.
c. Develop supply storage plans.
d. Monitor supply transactions to ensure compliance with established supply procedures.
e. Supervise weapons and ammunition control.
f. Prepare input to MCSRs.
3. Detachment requests additional supplies (STP 10-92Y1-SM: 101-521-1155).
a. Coordinate requirements with elements.
b. Calculate resupply requirements.
c. Record requests on appropriate document register.
d. Forward resupply requests to higher HQ.
4. Detachment receives supplies (STP.10-92Y1-SM: 101-521-1154/1156/1163).
a. Inspect incoming supplies for quantity and condition.
b. Record receipt on appropriate document register.
c. Store supplies IAW storage plans.
issue. d. Notify requesting element of availability of supplies for

5-325
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES 5. Detachment issues supplies (STP 10-92Y1-SM: 101-521-1155). GO NO GO
a. Process supply requests IAW appropriate regulations, directives, and TSOP.
b. Prepare transaction documents IAW appropriate requisitions, directives, and TSOP.
c. Issue supplies as prescribed by commander's guidance.
d. Maintain prescribed copies of transactions IAW appropriate regulations and directives.
6. Detachment maintains small arms and ammunition (STP 10-92Y1-SM: 101-521-1201/1202/1203/1204; STP 10-92Y24-SM-TG: 101-521-2161/3105/3107).
a. Control stored weapons and ammunition IAW appropriate regulations and command policies.
b. Request ammunition resupply from higher HQ.
c. Perform unit maintenance on small arms.
d. Forward weapons beyond unit repair capabilities to supporting maintenance element.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO" TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO" TOTAL
NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.

ELEMENT: HEADQUARTERS DETACHMENT
TASK:.TREAT UNIT CASUALTIES (63-2-4517) (FM 21-11,.FM 3-4, FM 3-5, FM 8-10-6, FM 8-285) .
ITERATION.1 3 4 5.
M.(circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U. (circle)
CONDITIONS: Detachment has sustained casualties. The detachment has no organic medical personnel. Threat force contact is broken. Soldiers are wounded and may have chemical contamination or non-battle injuries. Detachment members are treating the wounded. Some non­medical members are assigned the additional duty of combat lifesaver. This task will be performed together with other reorganization tasks. The Bn TSOP and OPORD are available. Some iterations should be done in MOPP 4.
TASK STANDARD: Detachment members treat casualties IAW FM 21-11, FM 8-285, and combat lifesaver certification standards. At MOPP 4, performance degradation factors increase casualty treatment times.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Commander and leaders supervise treatment of casualties.

a. Develop treatment plan.

b.
Monitor treatment for compliance with FM 21-11 and to
ensure all casualties are treated.

c. Direct employment of combat lifesavers to treat casualties.

d.
Coordinate replenishment of Class VIII supplies with higher
HQ TAW the TSOP.

e.
Direct distribution of Class VIII supplies and equipment
JAW the TSOP.

f.
Enforce quality control procedures for Class VIII items
issued to detachment elements.

2. Detachment personnel survey casualties (STP 21-I-MQS: 04-
8301.00-3007; STP 21-1-SMCT: 081-831-1000).

a.
Check for responsiveness.

b.
Check for breathing.

c.
Check for bleeding.

5-327
DODDOA-007193
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
d.
Check for shock.

e.
Check for fractures.

f.
Check for bums.

g.
Check for head injury.

3. Detachment personnel administer life-saving treatment (STP 21-I-MQS: 04-8310.00-3008/3009; STP 21-1-SMCT: 081-831-1003/1042).
a. Clear all objects from throat of casualty.
b. Perform mouth-to-mouth resuscitation to restore casualty's breathing IAW CPR procedures.
4. Detachment personnel control hemorrhage (STP 21-I-MQS: 04-8310.00-3010/3011; STP 21-1-SMCT: 081-831-1016/1017).
a.
Apply manual direct pressure to wound.

b.
Elevate extremities.

c.
Apply pressure dressing to wound.

d.
Apply tourniquet as last resort.

5. Detachment personnel dress wounds (STP 21-I-MQS: 04-8310.00-3024/3025/3026; STP 21-1-SMCT: 081-831-1025/1026/1033).
a.
Apply dressing to an open chest wound.

b.
Apply dressing to an open abdominal wound.

c.
Apply dressing to an open head wound.

6. Detachment personnel splint suspected fractures (STP 21-I-MQS: 04-8310.00-3013; STP 21-1-SMCT: 081-831-1034).
a.
Employ available materials to splint injury.

b.
Splint fracture in position found.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
c.
Restrict movement of extremities.

d.
Check circulation for impairment.

7. Detachment personnel treat casualties with burns (STP 21-I-MQS: 04-8310.00-3014; STP 21-1-SMCT: 081-831-1007).
a.
Extinguish thermal burn agent(s).

b.
Remove chemical burn agent(s).

c.
Eliminate electrical burn source.

d: Apply field dressing.
e. Uncover burns unless stuck to clothing or a chemical substance.
8. Detachment personnel treat environmental injuries (STP 21-I-MQS: 04-8310.00-3018/3020; STP 21-1-SMCT: 081-831-1008/1009).
a.
Administer first aid for heat exhaustion.

b.
Administer first aid for heat stroke.

c.
Administer first aid for frostbite.

9. Detachment personnel treat chemical casualties (STP 21-I-MQS: 04-8310.00-3016; STP 21-1-SMCT: 081-831-1031).
a. Take immediate protective steps IAW FM 8-285 to protect self and warn others.
b.
Protect casualty from further contamination.

c.
Administer nerve agent antidote IAW FM 21-11 and FM 8-

285.
d. Decontaminate casualty IAW FM 8-285, if necessary.
10. Detachment personnel prevent shock (STP 21-I-MQS: 04-8310.00-3012; STP 21-1-SMCT: 081-831-1005).
a. Position casualty in the correct anti-shock position IAW FM 21-11.
b. Loosen clothing and equipment.
5-329
DODDOA-007195
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
c. Prevent casualty from chilling or overheating.
d. Calm casualty by reassuring him.
11. Detachment personnel combat lifesavers perform advanced
treatment.
a. Evaluate casualty for condition and type of treatment
needed.
b. Measure casualty's pulse rate.
c. Measure casualty's respiration rate.
NOTE: Both pulse and respiration rates are monitored throughout
treatment for abnormalities and required immediate action.
d. Insert oropharyngeal airway in an unconscious casualty.
e. Apply a SAM to a fractured limb.
f. Administer first aid to chemical agent casualties.
g. Initiate an intravenous infusion for hypovolemic shock.
h. Identify cold injuries.
i. Treat cold injuries.
j. Manage battle fatigue casualty.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"
NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.

ELEMENT: COMPANY HEADQUARTERS
TASK:.DESTROY SUPPLIES AND EQUIPMENT (63-2-4522) (TM 750-244-3,
DA PAM 385-1, FM 100-14, FM 3-100.4, FM 3-4, FM 3-5, TM 43-0002-33,
TM 750-244-2, 'TM 750-244-6, TM 750-244-7)
ITERATION.1.2.3.4 5.
M.(circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U. (circle)
CONDITIONS: The commander has been ordered to evacuate the position and destroy or disable those items of equipment and supplies the unit cannot evacuate. The unit has analog and digital communications with higher HQ, and tactical operations are underway IAW the OPORD, the unit TSOP, and higher HQ TSOPs. A threat force penetration of the unit's position is expected to occur within a specified period of time. Initial hasty displacement preparations were made during the defense buildup. Destruction of supplies and equipment has been previously coordinated with higher HQ staff element and EOD personnel. Unit destruction plan, applicable publications, supplies, and equipment are available. This task is performed under all environmental conditions, both day and night. The unit is subject to air, NBC, and ground Level I threat forces attack. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: The unit evacuates its position within the time specified by the higher HQ staff element and destroys or disables selected supplies, equipment, documents, COMSEC/IEW equipment and other critical items that cannot be evacuated. (Medical items must not be destroyed.) At MOPP4, performance degradation factors increase the time required to destroy supplies and equipment.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Commander directs selected supplies and equipment be destroyed
or disabled.

a.
Identifies critical equipment and supplies that must be
destroyed or disabled.

b.
Identifies computer and computer related hardware and
software that must be destroyed.

c.
Prioritizes destruction and disablement of selected
equipment based on denying its value to the enemy.

d.
Briefs platoon and section leaders on situation and
destruction priorities.

e.
Consolidates requests for EOD or engineer support received
from the platoons and sections.

5-331

DODDOA-007197
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
f.
Follows guidelines contained in the destruction plan, company and battalion TSOPs, and EOD or engineer publications.

g. Assigns tasks and responsibilities.

h.
Requests EOD or engineer support through S2/S3 Section, as required.

i.
Consolidates destruction reports received from the platoons and sections.

j.
Provides consolidated destruction report to S2/S3 Section IAW TSOP.

k Enforces safety procedures IAW TSOP and publications.
I. Enforces environmental stewardship protection program procedures.
*2. Platoon and section leaders supervise destruction or disabling of supplies and equipment.
a.
Identify supplies and equipment to be destroyed or disabled.

b.
Identify destruction or disabling method.

c.
Direct destruction or disabling of supplies and equipment.

d.
Report completed destruction to commander.

e.
Enforce safety procedures IAW TSOP and publications.

f. Enforces environmental stewardship protection program procedures.
3. Platoon and section personnel destroy or disable tracked and wheeled vehicles (to include construction equipment).
a.
Drain the engine oil.

b.
Drain equipment hydraulic systems and cut hydraulic hoses.

c.
Slash all tires.

d.
Run engines until they seize, as applicable.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
e. Burn hoses, belts, etc., as applicable.
f. Destroy vital elements, such as the gearbox, starter, engine block, transmission, instrument panel, and any communication equipment.
g. Employ safety procedures IAW TSOP and publications.
h Employ environmental stewardship protection program procedures.
4. Platoon and section personnel destroy or disable all critical supplies, computer and non computer related communications equipment, and COMSEC/IEW materiel.
a.
Record all COMSEC/IEW materiel identified for destruction or disablement.

b.
Destroy analog and/or digital communication components IAW with applicable TM.

c.
Burn COMSEC/IEW codes, keys, password lists, software, and any other perishable classified items.

d.
Destroy ETMs and other automated or non automated documents IAW TSOP.

e.
Destroy or render computer and computer related hardware and software inoperative IAW appropriate TM.

f.
Destroy supplies IAW appropriate TM and TSOP.

g.
Employ safety procedures IAW with applicable reference.

h.
Employ environmental stewardship protection program procedures.

*5. Platoon and section leaders arrange for destruction of supplies and equipment with explosives.
a.
Identify items for destruction.

b.
Review explosive detonation procedures.

5-333
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
c. Estimate type and amount of explosive material required.
d.
Provide commander with explosive material requirement
estimate.

e.
Request EOD or engineer support, through commander, as
required.

*6. Platoon and section leaders submit status reports to the commander.
a.
Submit certificate of destruction of supply items destroyed
by class of supply.

b.
Submit certificate of destruction of tracked and wheeled
vehicles, construction equipment, and special purpose vehicles
destroyed or disabled.. .

c.
Submit certificate of destruction of analog and/or digital
communication equipment destroyed or disabled.

d.
Submit certificate of destruction of COMSEC/IEW items
destroyed.

e.
Submit certificate of destruction of computer hardware and
software destroyed.

f.
Submit report of platoon and section's capability to continue
with assigned missions.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

"*" Indicates a leader task step.
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS: NONE
OPFOR TASKS AND STANDARDS: NONE
DODDOA-007200

ELEMENT: UNIT
TASK:.PERFORM UNIT-LEVEL MAINTENANCE (63-2-4552) (FM 9-43-1, AR 220-1, AR 750-1, DA PAM 385-1, DA PAM 738-750, DA PAM 750-1, FM 100-14, FM 9-43-2, TC 5-400)
ITERATION.1.2.3 4 5.
M.(circle)

COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U.(circle)
CONDITIONS: Maintenance areas have been established and unit maintenance personnel are receiving requests to repair or recover inoperative equipment. The unit has digital and analog communications with higher HQ, and tactical operations are underway. All required maintenance equipment, tools, and personnel are available. The unit TSOP is on hand. Operators are performing PMCS. Requests for recovery support are being received. Some recovery operations must be performed under fire with injured operators still on board. Unit maintenance is a continuous task, performed simultaneously with other internal support and operational tasks. This task is performed under all day and night environmental conditions. The unit is subject to air, NBC, and ground Level I threat forces attack. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: Maintain and recover unit and supported unit equipment according to the appropriate TMs and TSOP. At MOPP 4, performance degradation factors increase completion times of maintenance activities.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO *1. Unit Maintenance Officer directs maintenance program.
a.
Monitors the company and supported unit maintenance program for
compliance with the TSOP and commander's guidance.

b.
Directs proper use of Unit Level Logistics System (ULLS-Ground)
in support of maintenance functions and activities.

c.
Identifies unit and supported unit operational readiness levels by
inspecting vehicles and equipment status reports.

d.
Identifies current or anticipated maintenance problems through
review and analysis of current reports and historical data.

e. Coordinates resolution of maintenance problems with battalion S4.

f.
Directs controlled exchange, lAW command guidance, when
required repair parts are not available.

5-335

DODD0A-007201
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
g.
Approves repairs using battle damage assessment repairs (BDAR) procedures.

h.
Prepares materiel condition status reports for input into ULLS-Ground system.

i. Enforces safety procedures IAW TSOP and publications. .

j.
Enforces environmental stewardship protection program procedures IAW TC 5-400.

*2. Platoon sergeants and leaders supervise operator's maintenance.
a. Supervise performance of PMCS.
b.
Monitor repair parts supply processes in order to better forecast the availability or nonavailability of equipment.

c.
Inspect vehicles, weapons, and equipment to ensure compliance with TMs, TSOP, and commander's guidance.

d. Coordinate maintenance assistance with maintenance personnel.

e.
Maintain current maintenance status of all vehicles, weapons, and equipment.

f.
Provide input for materiel condition status reports.

g.
Enforce safety procedures IAW TSOP and publications.

h.
Enforce environmental stewardship protection program procedures IAW TC 5-400.

3. Company personnel perform operator's maintenance.
a.
Perform PMCS on all vehicles and equipment according to the appropriate TM specifications. .

b.
Notify supervisor of maintenance problems beyond operator's capabilities.

c. Assist maintenance personnel with repairs and services.

d.
Request approval for BDAR from commander through appropriate NCO support channels and chain of command.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
e.
Perform BDAR IAW FM 9-43-2.

f.
Employ safety procedures JAW TSOP and publications.

g. Employ environmental stewardship protection program procedures JAW TC 5-400.
*4. Senior Maintenance Supervisor supervises maintenance section.
a.
Verifies ULLS-Ground system operability and operator competency.

b.
Organizes unit maintenance personnel for an efficient workflow.

c.
Requests approval for BDAR from appropriate commander.

d.
Supervises BDAR procedures JAW TSOP and FM 9-43-2.

e.
Supervises TAMMS, prescribed load list (PLL) procedures for company and supported unit.

f. Supervises recovery operations for company and supported unit.

g.
Coordinates maintenance status with company and supported unit platoon sergeants and 1 SGs.

h.
Requests controlled exchange approval from appropriate commander.

i.
Provides unit maintenance status to company and supported unit commanders.

j.
Enforces environmental stewardship protection program procedures JAW TC 5-400.

k. Enforces safety procedures JAW TSOP and publications.
5. Maintenance personnel repair organic and supported unit equipment.
a.
Verify fault diagnosis/category of maintenance.

b.
Request required repair parts.

5-337
DODDOA-007203
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES c. Repair equipment according to the applicable level TM specifications. GO NO GO
d. Record completed work on appropriate document(s).
e. Perform final inspection of completed work.
f. Notify supervisor upon completion of repairs.
g. Employ environmental stewardship protection program procedures IAW TC 5-400.
h. Employ safety procedures IAW TSOP and publications.
6. Maintenance personnel conduct transactions with support maintenance organization.
a. Identify category of maintenance.
b. Correct all unit-level maintenance deficiencies.
c. Prepare required documentation according to the TM and TSOP.
d. Evacuate equipment to supporting maintenance facilities.
e. Pick up equipment upon completion of repairs.
f. Employ safety procedures IAW TSOP and publications.
g. Employ environmental stewardship protection program procedures IAW TC 5-400.
7. Maintenance personnel react to battle damaged vehicle(s) (recoverable).
a. Request direct and/or indirect supporting fire, if required.
b. Move on a concealed route to the disabled vehicle(s).
c. Treat casualties according to the current treatment procedures.
d. Remove casualties from the vehicle without causing further injuries.
e. Request medical assistance, if required.
f. Evacuate casualties according to medical evacuation procedures.
5-338 DODDOA-007204

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
g.
Tow the vehicle to a concealed location, if required.

h.
Perform BDAR JAW FM 9-43-2.

i.
Repair vehicle if possible.

j. Evacuate nonrepairable vehicle(s) to unit maintenance collection point(s).
k. Employ safety procedures JAW TSOP and FM 9-43-2.
1. Employ environmental stewardship protection program procedures JAW TC 5-400.
8. Maintenance personnel react to battle-damaged vehicle(s) (unrecoverable).
a.
Request direct and/or indirect supporting fire if required.

b.
Move on a concealed route to disabled vehicle(s).

c.
Treat casualties according to the current treatment procedures.

d.
Remove casualties from the vehicle(s).

e.
Request medical assistance if required.

f.
Evacuate casualties according to the medical evacuation procedures.

g. Perform BDAR JAW FM 9-43-2.

h.
Request disposition of unrecoverable vehicle(s) from appropriate commander.

i.
Conduct salvage operations as directed by the appropriate commander or maintenance supervisor.

j. Prepare vehicle(s) for destruction.

k.
Destroy vehicle(s) on order from the appropriate commander or designated representative.

1. Employ safety procedures JAW TSOP and publications.

m.
Employ environmental stewardship protection program procedures JAW .TC 5-400.

5-339

DODDOA-007205
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
9. Maintenance personnel perform maintenance administrative and support
functions.

a. Maintain company and supported unit's PLL.
b.
Request repair parts for the company and supported unit's
organizational equipment.

c. Control unserviceable repairable items.

d.
Maintain separate document register(s) for each company
according to applicable directives.

e.
Maintain separate maintenance control records for the company
and supported unit.

f.
Operate ULLS-Ground computer according to the appropriate
ETM.

g.
Maintain publications, tools, and equipment.

h.
Maintain power generators.

i.
Employ safety procedures IAW TSOP and publications.

j.
Employ environmental stewardship protection program procedures
IAW TC 5-400.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.

SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
.
References Task Number.Task Title
STP 21-1-SMCT. 551-721-1352. Perform Vehicle Preventive
Maintenance Checks and
Services (PMCS)
STP 21-24-SMCT. 091-309-0710. Supervise Preventive
Maintenance Checks and
Services
STP 21-II-MQS. 01-4965.90-0001. Supervise Unit Maintenance
Operations
03-4976.90-0501. Prepare a Materiel Condition
Status Report
03-4995.90-0010. Direct Vehicle and Equipment
Recovery Operations
03-5101.00-0283. Supervise the Maintenance of
Unit Prescribed Load List

5-341
ELEMENT: UNIT HEADQUARTERS
TASK:.PROVIDE COMMAND AND CONTROL OF TRANSPORTATION OPERATIONS (55-2-0009) (FM 55-30. FM 55-17, STP 55-881I-MQS, STP 55-88M34-SM-TG)
ITERATION.1.2.3 4 5.
M.(circle)
COMMANDERJLEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U.(circle)
CONDITIONS: Unit HQ is receiving transportation commitments from higher HQ staff element. The command and control of transportation operations may be conducted in a field or MOUT environment. Unit receives information on friendly and enemy forces. Unit may operate in blackout conditions, adverse terrain, and under all environmental conditions. The unit may encounter Level I threat activity. The unit may receive an NBC attack or be subjected to radiological fallout. This is a continuous task and is performed simultaneously with other internal support. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: Transportation operations are managed according to the TSOP or OPORD.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Unit commander analyzes transportation requirements from higher HQ
staff element.

a.
Identifies security requirements from intelligence reports to
counteract threat forces.

b.
Calculates the types of transportation requirements in order to
support mission.

c.
Verifies the priorities of delivery by type and unit with higher HQ
staff element.

d.
Identifies road traffic ability from engineer classification overlay to
determine the most appropriate route.

e. Identifies support requirements to ensure availability of support.

f.
Identifies availability of vehicles to ensure accomplishment of the
mission.

g.
Identifies availability of personnel to support the mission.

h.
Identifies the location of units to be supported.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
2. Unit headquarters manages transportation operations.
a. Enforces safety procedures at all times.
b.
Provides intelligence information to platoons for use in countering
threat.

c. Assigns transportation commitments to platoons.

d.
Requests security escort requirements from higher HQ staff
element to counter the threat.

e.
Monitors transportation commitments to ensure timely departure
and arrival of vehicles.

f.
Maintains personnel and vehicle status report to determine their
availability and location.

g.
Forwards personnel and vehicle status report to higher HQ staff
element for use in allocating missions.

h.
Coordinates fire support with higher HQ staff element for convoy
defense.

i.
Coordinates back haul with higher HQ staff element for use in
planning retrograde operations.

j.
Maintains operational data and fuel consumption report for use in
determining current operating status.

k. Requests road clearance for convoys to ensure route accessibility.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.
5-343

SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS

.
References Task Number.STP 21-1I-MQS.01-7220.15-0001
01-7220.90-0320
STP 55-88M34-SM-TG.551-721-3348 551-721-4334
Task Title
Supervise Transportation Company Command Post Operations Determine Personnel and Equipment Requirements for Transportation Terminal Operations Perform Duties As Serial/March Unit Commander Conduct Motor Transport Company Operations
ELEMENT: LIGHT TRUCK PLATOON LIGHT/MEDIUM TRUCK PLATOON HEAVY TRUCK PLATOON
TASK:.SUPERVISE TRUCK PLATOON OPERATIONS (55-2-0010) (FM 55-30, FM 3-3, FM 3-4)
ITERATION.1.2.3 4 5.
M.(circle)

COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U.(circle)
CONDITIONS: The unit is supporting tactical operations. The truck platoons has received commitments from the unit operations section to provide truck transportation for unit distribution of supplies, equipment, and to transport troops. The platoon also has to furnish vehicles in support of higher HQ displacement. The platoon leader/sergeant must provide command, control, and technical guidance to platoon personnel performing motor transport operations. The platoon vehicles are equipped with MTS. The opposing forces have NBC capability. SOP's, OPORD, and Movement Plan from higher HQ and unit commander are available. Iterations of training on this task can be performed in various levels of MOPP. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARD: Supervise truck platoon operations to provide transportation support lAW higher headquarters and commander guidance. As MOPP Level increase, performance degradation factors increase preparation time.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. The platoon leader/sergeant supervises truck platoon operations (STP 55-
88M34-SM-TG 551-721-4334).

a.
Briefs squad leaders on risk management, safety, and platoon
requirements.

b.
Provides daily personnel and equipment status to the unit
headquarters.

c.
Coordinates with squad leaders to assign operators and vehicles to
fulfill platoon requirement.

d.
Supervises platoon operations to performance driver maintenance
through squad leaders.

e.
Controls weapons and ammunition to prevent pilferage and access
by unauthorized personnel.

5-345

DODDOA-007211
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
f.
Supervises platoon defensive positions to ensure adequate
camouflage, dispersion, and concealment.

g.
Coordinates platoon activities with unit headquarters to keep them
informed of current status.

2. The squad leader directs squad personnel and supervised vehicle
preparation for commitments (STP 55-88M34-SM-TG: 551-721-
3333/3334/3336/3349/3355; STP 55-88M12-SM-TG: 551-721-
1352/1355/1357).

a.
Briefs squad members and assigns operators with mission
requirements.

b.
Provides drivers with operation orders, strip maps/or grid
coordinates.

c. Enforces safety procedures at all times.

d.
Supervises the performance of before prevent maintenance checks
and service on vehicle.

e.
Reports to the platoon leader/sergeant those mechanical defects
that are beyond the driver's ability to repair.

f.
Coordinates repair requirements with unit maintenance section on
those items that are not repairable by operators.

g. Supervises vehicle preparation for tactical operations.

h.
Ensures vehicles designated for recovery are equipped with tow-
bars.

i.
Ensures the operators receive dispatch and MRE's prior to departure
for commitments.

j. Briefs platoon leader/sergeant.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.
DODDOA-007212
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS

Reference. Task Number.Task Title
STP 55-88M34-SM-TG.551-721-3349.Supervise Preparation of Vehicle for Tactical Operations 551-721-3355.Instruct the Use of Maps in Motor Transport Operations 551-721-4322.Manage Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) 551-721-4323.Manage Motor Pool Operations 551-721-4334.Conduct motor Transport Company Operations
STP 55-88M12-SM-TG.551-721-3333.Supervise Motor Pool Operations 551-721-3334.Supervise Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) 551-721-3336.Enforce safety Rules and Techniques 551-721-1352.Perform Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services 551-721-1355.Prepare Vehicle for Inclement Weather Operations 551-721-1357.Prepare Vehicle for Tactical Operations
5-347
-
ELEMENT: UNIT
TASK:.PLAN UNIT MOVE (63-2-4001) (FM 55-30, FM 100-14, FM 3-4)
ITERATION 1.
2.3.4 5.
M.(circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U. (circle)
CONDITIONS: The unit receives a warning notice from higher HQ of a tentative relocation and must plan a unit move. More details are received prior to completion of this task. The unit has analog and digital communications with higher HQ. The higher HQ OPORD, the unit TSOP, and higher HQ TSOP are available. Higher HQ staff element coordinates external support requirements. Tentative new areas forward and rear have been designated by higher HQ staff element in the contingency plans. Movement can occur in a field or MOUT environment. After movement analysis, the commander assembles key leaders who provide current personnel and equipment status reports. The TSOP with movement readiness levels and current loading plans are available. Higher HQ staff element issues maps with tentative locations. Situation changes may cause the unit to echelon its displacement. Support is required at the old site until the new site is operational. This task is performed under all day and night environmental conditions. The unit is subject to air, NBC and ground Level I threat forces attack. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: The displacement plan is completed based on movement procedures and policies in the TSOP, warning order, and movement order. At MOPP4, performance degradation factors increase planning completion time.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Commander conducts analysis of the movement.

a.
Identifies all specified and implied movement tasks in the warning
notice.

b.
Identifies all documented relocation policies and procedures
required from the higher HQ TSOP and movement order, and the unit TSOP.

c.
Lists all essential tasks required to relocate the unit in one or more
lifts.

d.
Identifies all movement constraints that can be identified by hard
copy or digital tactical map or a map reconnaissance of possible routes from
old to new site.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
e.
Issues warning notice to all the unit's subordinate elements using analog or digital communications or messenger.

f.
Apply risk management processes as an integrated feature of task performance IAW FM 100-14.

2. Unit HQ coordinates for additional support requirements.
a.
Coordinates convoy marking equipment, vehicles, and other equipment requirements with higher HQ staff element using analog and digital communications.

b.
Coordinates tactical information and security requirements with higher HQ staff element using analog and digital communications or messenger.

c.
Coordinates CHS requirements with higher HQ staff element using analog and digital communications or messenger.

3. Unit HQ prepares and briefs the stay-behind party plan.
a.
Coordinates stay-behind party requirements with higher HQ staff element using analog and digital communications.

b.
Identifies stay-behind party leader and composition based on higher HQ staff element requirements.

c.
Identifies all operational limitations and security requirements in coordination with higher HQ staff element using analog and digital communications.

d.
Designates assembly area location for stay-behind party that provides cover and concealment and does not interfere with departure of the main body from the area.

e.
Briefs stay-behind party leader on the commander's intent, operational and security requirements, communications, and site close-down procedures.

f.
Forwards location(s) of stay-behind facilities to higher HQ staff element using analog and digital communications or messenger.

5-349
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*4. Commander and unit leaders prepare a displacement plan.
a.
Calculate unit's operational readiness level by using all vehicle,
equipment, and personnel status reports.

b.
Coordinate repair of inoperable vehicles and equipment and repair
time restrictions with the unit's maintenance element.

c.
List sequentially all tasks required to relocate the unit.
NOTE: This measure only applies to those units with a maintenance element.

d.
List all equipment required to relocate the unit.

e.
Assign time limitations for the completion of each relocation task.

f.
Adjust load plans to accommodate current operational readiness
levels.

g.
Designate personnel and equipment for advance/quartering and
reconnaissance parties.

.h. Assign all relocation tasks to specific elements.
i.
Designate uniform, weapons and equipment requirements for road
march.

j.
Designate the convoy commander to control unit elements from SP
to RP.

k. Brief relocation plan to higher HQ staff element.
1. Brief all unit personnel on relocation plan.

m.
Apply risk management processes as an integrated feature of task
performance IAW FM 100-14.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.
DODDOA-007216
-

SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
.

References Task Number.Task Title .
STP 21-II-MOS 01-7300.75-0500.Plan Convoy Operations
5-351
ELEMENT: UNIT
TASK:.PLAN OCCUPATION OF NEW AREA OF OPERATIONS (63-2-4007) (FM 19-30, AR 530-1, FM 21-26, FM 3-4)
ITERATION.1.2.3.4 5.
M.(circle)
COMMANDERJLEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U. (circle)
CONDITIONS: The unit has received a warning order requiring movement to a new AO, planning must begin immediately. The unit has analog and digital communications with higher HQ. The unit TSOP, and higher HQ TSOP are available. The higher HQ OPORD, with annex showing the location and proposed dimensions of the new higher HQ and unit area, is available. Reconnaissance information has been received from the higher HQ reconnaissance party and elements previously located in the general area. Tentative plans are subject to change by the advance/quartering party. Field-expedient and natural shelters are available. Higher HQ analysis of the AO is available. This task is performed under all day and night environmental conditions. The unit is subject to air, NBC, and ground Level I threat forces attack. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: Occupation plan is completed NLT advance/quartering party departure and accommodates all unit activities and equipment IAW higher HQ and unit TSOP. At MOPP4, performance degradation factors increase planning completion time.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Commander and leaders verify suitability of new area.

a.
Verify space requirements for number and types of vehicles, base
facilities, and possible augmentations.

b.
Verify area's ability to support weight of vehicles, equipment, and
supplies in various types of weather using the analysis of the AO.

c.
Inspect area for defensibility.

d.
Inspect area for adequate cover and concealment.

e.
Verify buildings are located near access road and the areas around
the buildings are large enough to meet traffic requirement (MOUT).

f.
Coordinate area limitations, constraints, and possible resolutions
with higher HQ staff element using analog and digital communications or
messenger.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*2. Commander and leaders formulate a tentative unit layout plan.
a. Identify general location of the unit CP.
b.
Identify area of all subelements, including tentative defensive boundaries.

c.
Develop traffic plan that identifies the traffic pattern and dismount point(s).

d.
Develop hasty security plan that identifies tentative guard posts and crew-served weapon positions.

e.
Develop communication plan depicting a wire communications diagram for all subelements.

f.
Provide "miner" instructions until wire communications are operational.

g.
Coordinate tentative layout plan with higher HQ staff element using analog and digital communications or messenger.

h.
Brief advance/quartering party on details of layout plan with adjustment options.

*3. Commander and leaders plan advance/quartering party activities.
a. Identify required advance/quartering party tasks from the TSOP.
b.
Identify advance/quartering party vehicles and personnel constraints as established by higher HQ staff element.

c.
Identify time limitations for completion of advance/quartering party tasks.

d. List essential advance/quartering party tasks.

e.
List equipment required to perform essential tasks within vehicle constraints.

f.
Brief advance/quartering party leader on area preparation tasks, available equipment, and possible options due to decreases in personnel or equipment failure.

5-353
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS

References. Task Number.Task Title
STP 10-92ABDII-MQS.03-5106.00-0166.Prepare Command Logistics Plans, Estimates, and Orders STP 21-II-MQS.04-3303.02-0014.Prepare Platoon or Company Combat Orders STP 21-I-MQS.04-3303.01-0020.Prepare Squad/Platoon Combat Orders
ELEMENT: UNIT
TASK:.PLAN UNIT DEFENSE (63-2-4010) (FM 7-10, FM 3-4)
ITERATION 1.
2.3 4 5.
M.(circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U. (circle)
CONDITIONS: The unit's defensive area of responsibility has been assigned by a higher HQ staff element and defense of the area must be planned. The unit has analog and digital communications with higher HQ. The higher HQ OPORD, the unit TSOP, and higher HQ TSOP are available. The unit commander has conducted a mounted or dismounted reconnaissance of the area. Selected personnel have occupied initial security positions. The unit layout plan is finalized. Automatic weapons are positioned on likely avenues of approach. The unit's administrative and operational areas are established simultaneously with its defensive set up. The detail and complexity of the defense is dependent upon the amount of time the unit is to be at this location. Field-expedient and natural shelters are available. This task is performed under all day and night environmental conditions. The unit is subject to air, NBC, and all levels of threat forces attacks. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: Defense plan is completed IAW the TSOP and higher HQ guidance and is integrated into the higher HQ defense plan. At MOPP4, performance degradation factors increase unit's planning times.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Commander and leaders perform terrain analysis of unit's area of
responsibility.

a.
Maintain situational awareness using analog and digital
communications.

b.
Identify terrain features that provide cover and concealment or
other advantages to the threat force.

c.
Identify likely avenues of approach for mounted and dismounted
forces and threat aircraft.

d. Identify probable dead space(s) in the unit's area.

e.
Identify locations of preplanned indirect fire targets and target
reference points in coordination with higher HQ staff element using analog
and digital communications.

f.
Identify locations of restrictive fire zones within or in the
immediate vicinity of the unit's area of responsibility.

5-355
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES , GO NO GO
*2. Commander and leaders prepare preliminary base fire plan.
a.
List available weapon systems and element to which they are assigned.

b.
Calculate each element's personnel assets based on the availability of personnel during normal operations.

c.
Designate subelement boundaries that cover the entire unit area of responsibility based on the normal availability of weapons and personnel.

d.
List probable engagement areas based on terrain analysis of the area of responsibility and data provided by higher HQ staff element.

e.
Establish coordination channels with adjacent units to integrate interlocking fires.

f.
List target areas for each type weapon system in the unit.

g.
List indirect fire and CAS target reference points.

h.
Coordinate fire support coordination measures with higher HQ staff element using analog and digital communications.

*3. Commander and leaders prepare preliminary mobility and countermobility plan.
a.
List locations of obstacles and types based on desired engagement .areas, dead space, and preplanned indirect fire support using analog and digital communications.

b. Identify available obstacle assets and resources for emplacement.

c.
Coordinate additional obstacle requirements with higher HQ staff element using analog and digital communications or messenger.

*4. Commander and leaders prepare preliminary air defense plan.
a.
Identify applicable air defense policies, procedures, and requirements in higher HQ and unit TSOP.

b. List probable air avenues of approach.

c.
List current weapon control status as received from higher HQ staff element.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
d. Identify air defense warning signals.
e.
Designate locations for air watch positions. *5. Commander prepares reaction force plan.

a.
Lists base cluster reaction force requirements based on higher HQ TSOP or guidance.

b.
Lists internal reaction force requirements based on unit TSOP and personnel availability.

c. Designates internal reaction force rally point.

d.
Lists subelements' taskings for external and internal reaction forces requirements.

*6. Commander prepares ground early-warning plan.
a.
Designates location for employment of Platoon Early Warning System (PEWS) based on terrain analysis.

b.
Designates location(s) for deliberate OPs and LPs. *7. Commander plans sector defense.

a. Designates boundaries of subelements based on unit plan.
NOTE: Boundaries should be consistent with deployed weapon systems and personnel available to man the perimeter.
b.
Designates crew-served automatic weapon positions with fields of fire that cover most likely dismounted avenues of approach and afford maximum cover and concealment.

c.
Designates anti-armor weapon positions, laterally and in depth, that cover most likely mounted avenues of approach and afford maximum cover and concealment.

d.
Assigns sectors of fire to crew-served weapons where their fires overlap, integrate, and mutually support beyond the point of hand grenade range (35 meters).

e.
Assigns armor kill zones for anti-armor weapons within the element.

5-357

DODDOA-007223
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
f. Assigns M203 positions to cover dead space areas.
g.
Designates individual weapon positions where fires overlap and provide flank security for automatic weapons.

h.
Identifies indirect fire and CAS target reference points within the platoon's sector.

i.
Identifies locations and types of obstacles within the platoon's sector.

j.
Identifies locations of restrictive fire zones within the platoon's sector.

k.
Coordinates integration of interlocking fires with adjacent elements on the left and right.

*8. Section/squad leaders plan sector defense.
a. Identify all primary positions within the section/squad's sector.
b.
Identify locations of obstacles, target reference points, and restrictive fire zones within the section/squad's defensive sector.

c.
Select alternate positions for each primary position that covers the same sector of fire as the primary position.

d.
Select individual alternate positions based on key weapon alternate positions.

e.
Select alternate positions that provide covered and concealed withdrawal routes.

f.
Select supplementary positions that are within 200 meters of primary positions and are oriented in a different direction from primary positions.

g.
Designate sectors of fire for each supplementary position that interlock and provide mutual supporting fire.

h.
Coordinate integration of interlocking fires with adjacent elements using analog and digital communications or messenger.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
.
References Task Number.Task Title
STP 21-24-SMCT.071-331-0820.Analyze Terrain STP 21-11-MOS.01-0401.20-0001.Direct Unit Air Defense STP 21-I-MQS.04-3306.01-0008.Analyze Terrain
5-359
ELEMENT: UNIT
TASK:.PLAN AREA DAMAGE CONTROL OPERATIONS (63-2-4014) (FM 100-14, FM 19-30, FM 21-10, FM 3-4, FM 5-103)
ITERATION.1.2.3 4 5.
M.(circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U.(circle)
CONDITIONS: The commander has directed that a plan for area damage control be developed. The unit has analog and digital communications with higher HQ. The higher HQ OPORD, the unit TSOP, and higher HQ TSOP are available. The CP, bivouac and operational areas, and perimeter defenses are set up. This plan covers potential damage caused by threat forces or the forces of nature. This task is performed under all day and night environmental conditions. The unit is subject to air, NBC, and all levels of threat forces attacks. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: ADC plan is completed JAW TSOP and OPORD within the time prescribed by higher HQ staff element. At MOPP4, performance degradation factors increase planning completion time.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
1. Unit HQ identifies ADC assets and probable requirements.
a.
Identifies static requirements and procedures by reviewing higher
HQ TSOP and OPORD.

b.
Coordinates ADC requirement changes with the higher HQ staff
element using analog and digital communications or messenger.

c.
Identifies on-hand equipment required for ADC operations as
prescribed by higher HQ TSOP.

d. Identifies personnel available for ADC operations.

e.
Requests equipment to fill shortages through higher HQ staff
element using analog and digital communications or messenger.

f.
Coordinates resolution of equipment and personnel shortages with
higher HQ staff element using analog and digital communications or
messenger.

g.
Tasks subelements for ADC personnel and vehicles based on
higher HQ TSOP, current mission requirements, and personnel availability
during normal operations.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*2. Element leaders provide support to unit ADC plan.
a. Identify element personnel and equipment to be used for ADC.
b. Forward a list of required personnel and equipment to the unit HQ
using analog and digital communications or messenger.

3. Unit headquarters prepares ADC plan.
a.
Organizes light rescue, decontamination, and other teams with
equipment as prescribed by the TSOP and OPORD.

b.
Identifies ADC priorities of all the CP facilities in coordination
with higher HQ staff element.

c.
Identifies locations of alternate operational or alert sites in
coordination with higher HQ staff element.

d. Provides instructions on hardening support facilities.

e.
Forwards ADC plan to the higher HQ for approval using analog
and digital communications or messenger.

f.
Disseminates ADC plan to all subelements upon approval using
analog and digital communications or messenger.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.

SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS References. Task Number.Task Title
STP 21-24-SMCT.031-507-3003. Supervise Hasty Decontamination STP -11-MQS.04-5030.00-2020.Supervise Nuclear, Biological, or Chemical Decontamination
5-361
DODDOA-007227
ELEMENT: UNIT
TASK:.MAINTAIN COMMUNICATIONS (63-2-4017) (FM 11-32 AR 380-19, AR 530-1, FM 24-16, FM 24-18, FM 24-19, FM 24-22, FM 24-35, FM 24-35-1)
ITERATION.1.2.3.4.5.M.(circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U. (circle)
CONDITIONS: The unit must maintain analog and digital communications internally, with higher HQ, and with other units on the battlefield. Communications equipment has been set up and the SOUSSI is available. The higher HQ OPORD, the unit TSOP, and higher HQ TSOP are available. Support operations and unit internal operations are conducted by analog and digital communications, telephone, or messenger. Threat is conducting EW and is capable of locating stations with direction finding equipment. This task is performed under all day and night environmental conditions. The unit is subject to air, NBC, and all levels of threat forces attacks. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: Unit provides uninterrupted 24-hour analog and digital communications through one or more external means. At MOPP4, performance degradation factors increase time required to maintain unit communication system.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
1. Unit HQ operates the unit NCS.
a. Opens analog and digital nets JAW current SOUSSI.
b.
Challenges all analog and digital stations in net as required by the
SOUSSI.

c.
Controls entry and departure of all stations.

d.
Monitors the net for operability and connectivity of digital devices.

e.
Reports loss and/or operating difficulties of any analog or digital
station to the chain of command and higher HQ communications element.

f.
Enforces station and net restrictions.

g.
Monitors the net to detect errors in operating procedures.

h.
Corrects all errors in net operating procedures.

i.
Enforces station listening silence as prescribed by or commander's
directive.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
j.
Lifts radio listening silence as prescribed by OPORD or commander's directive.

k.
Completes transition to extend range of radio station within 15 minutes, if required.

1. Remotes radio station at least one kilometer, if required.

m.
Directs change to alternate frequency when compromise of primary frequency is suspected.

n. Closes net JAW the SOI/SSI.
2. Operators transmit and receive messages.
a.
Process messages by precedence, date/time group, and JAW the TSOP.

b.
Process incoming messages without errors.

c.
Forward incoming messages to appropriate element/section.

d.
Check outgoing messages for completeness and readability.
e Employ approved radiotelephone procedures.

f.
Transmit messages JAW precedence, correct format, and prescribed text.

g.
Employ approved codes and brevity lists when transmitting the names of persons, places, and sensitive information.

h.
Encode all grid coordinates using the current SOUSSI.

i.
Decode all grid coordinates using the current SOUSSI.

j.
Transmit radio messages for no longer than 20 seconds.

k.
Employ lowest operational power setting consistent with operations requirements.

1. Maintain station log.

m.
Troubleshoot radio set as necessary and within operator's capability.

5-363
n. TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES Correct faults (within operator's capability). GO NO GO
o. Report uncorrectable faults to higher HQ S6 for resolution.
3. Unit operators maintain digital communications.
a. elements. Maintain digital communications between the unit CP and all sub-
b. Maintain digital communications with higher HQ and all supported unit elements using analog and digital communications.
c. Notify higher HQ S6 when digital communications are partially or completely inoperative.
4. Unit personnel maintain land line communications.
a. Maintain wire communications between the unit CP and all subelements.
b. Maintain a hot loop between the unit CP and sub-elements, if switchboard is not available.
c. Establish messenger runners when land communications are inoperative.
5. Radio operators implement FM remedial ECCM.
a. Identify if source of interference is internal or external by disconnecting the radio antenna.
b. Continue to operate in an attempt to communicate through the jamming.
c. Switch to high power on radio transmitter.
d. Advise distant station to switch to high power.
e. Relocate radio set (mobile units) to take advantage of terrain features to reduce the effects of jamming.
f. Relocate the antenna to take advantage of terrain features to reduce the effects of jamming.
g. Submit initial MITI Feeder Voice Template Report to higher HQ communications branch.
5-364 DODDOA-007230

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
h.
Reroute message traffic using alternate means of communications, such as relay (through another station), AM, or wire.

i.
Request (using alternate means) that the net change to a backup frequency.

6. Radio operators implement AM remedial ECCM.
a.
Identify if source of interference is internal or external by disconnecting the radio antenna.

b.
Continue to operate in an attempt to communicate through the jamming.

c.
Check for intentional or unintentional interference.

d.
Check equipment grounding.

e.
Use radio frequency gain/frequency vernier in an attempt to work through the jamming.

f.
Relocate radio set (mobile units) to take advantage of terrain features to reduce the effects of jamming.

g.
Relocate the antenna to take advantage of terrain features to reduce the effects of jamming.

h.
Submit initial MIJI Feeder Voice Template Report to assigned or supporting higher HQ communications personnel or element.

i.
Reroute message traffic using alternate means of communications, such as relay (through another station), FM, or wire.

j.
Request (using alternate means) that the net change to a backup frequency.

7. Unit headquarters maintains generator power.
a. Operates generators lAW appropriate TMs.
b.
Constructs sound barrier and screening system to muffle noise and minimize heat signature.

c.
Constructs a fuel storage and fire control point for all generators with fire extinguishers as prescribed by the TSOP and commander's guidance.

5-365

DODDOA-007231
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
8. Unit personnel employ SIGSEC measures.
a.
Employ COMSEC measures to deny friendly telecommunication
information to the enemy.

b.
Employ ELSEC measures to protect electromagnetic transmissions,
other than communication devices, from threat detection.

c.
Evaluate TEMPEST controls to identify emanation vulnerabilities
and implement countermeasures.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
. .
References Task Number Task Title
STP 21-II-MQS.01-5700.02-0001 Enforce Platoon and Company Communications Security Measures
01-5711.02-0001 Install Hot Loop with Telephone TA-312/PT 01-5767.02-0001 Conduct Electronic Counter-Counter Measures

OPFOR TASKS AND STANDARDS
TASK: CONDUCT ELECTRONIC WARFARE (63-OPFOR-1012)
CONDITION: OPFOR employs a large number of radio detection finding sets, along with ground and airborne communications analysts, to monitor enemy forces for loose communications security practices.
STANDARD: 1. Locate the positions of enemy command, intelligence, and logistics radio nets.
2. Forward locations to OPFOR HQ. 3. Use jamming signals against enemy radio receivers. 4. Monitor enemy radio nets for intelligence information.
DODDOA-007232
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS

References. Task Number.Task Title
STP 21-24-SMCT.031-507-3003.Supervise Hasty Decontamination STP 21-11-MQS.04-5030.00-2020.Supervise Nuclear, Biological, or Chemical Decontamination
5-367
ELEMENT: UNIT
TASK:.ESTABLISH COMMUNICATIONS (63-2-4040) (FM 24-16, FM 24-18, FM 24-19, FM 24-22, FM 24-33, TC 24-20)
ITERATION.1.2.3 4 5.
M.(circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U.(circle)
CONDITIONS: Unit communications personnel have received the mission to accompany the advance/quartering party to a new site and establish analog and digital communications. TSOPs, OPORDs and other required publications and documents are available. The unit advance/quartering party has arrived at the new site and secured the area. The unit communication plan is available. Equipment and personnel are available. The advance/quartering party has established initial communications. Message service is being provided on a 24-hour basis. This task is performed under all day and night environmental conditions. The unit is subject to air, NBC, and ground Level I threat forces attack. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: Analog and digital communications and generator power are established IAW the communication plan, OPORD, SOUSSI, and TSOP. At MOPP4 performance degradation factors increase time required to establish communications.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO *1. Commander/1SG organizes communications element of the advance/quartering party.
a.
Selects personnel to perform all communication set-up tasks at new
location.

b.
Selects required vehicles and equipment to establish
communications at the new site IAW movement order or TSOP.

c.
Inspects personnel, weapons, MOPP gear, vehicles, and equipment
for departure for compliance with TSOP and commander's guidance.

d.
Dispatches communications element to assembly area for
departure.

2. Advance/Quartering Party establishes wire communications.
a.
Identifies locations of all subordinate platoons/sections.

b.
Plans wire and telephone installation.

c.
Prepares a telephone traffic diagram.

TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
d. Installs telephone switchboard.
e. Lays wire for communications between switchboard and other
platoons/sections.

f. Establishes wire communications between HQ and switchboard.
3. Company HQ supervises company analog and digital communication nets.
a.
Functions as company net control station.

b.
Manages communications security for the company.

c. Establishes alternate means of communications to include analog
and digital communications and messenger with higher, lower and adjacent
units.

d. Ensures unit personnel practice COMSEC/ELSEC procedures.
4. Platoon Headquarters supervises platoon analog and digital communication
nets.

a.
Functions as Platoon net control station.

b.
Manages communications security for the platoon.

c. Establish alternate means of communications to include analog and
digital communications and messenger with higher, lower and supported units.

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

NOTE: "*" Indicates a leader task step.
5-369

DODDOA-007235
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
References. Task Number. Task Title
STP 21-11-MQS 01-5767.02-0001 01-5831.02-0003 01-5831.10-0004 S1-3711.19-5001 Conduct Electronic Counter-Counter Measures Read a Message Write a Message Describe Electronic Warfare Support to the Combined Arms Team

ELEMENT: COMPANY HEADQUARTERS
TASK:.PLAN UNIT DEPLOYMENT ACTIVITIES UPON RECEIPT OF A WARNING
ORDER (63-2-4828) (FM 100-17, AR 220-1, AR 220-10, AR 350-41, AR 710-2,
FM 4-30.3, FM 9-43-1, TM 55-2200-001-12)
ITERATION 1.
2.3 4 5.
M.(circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U.(circle)
CONDITIONS: The unit is at a normal state of deployment readiness and receives a warning order to prepare for deployment. The unit must plan unit deployment activities upon receipt of a warning order. The CQ or 1 SG has notified the commander. The unit has analog and/or digital communications with higher HQ. This task occurs concurrently with the task perform deployment alert activities. The movement plan, recall plan, security plan, unit access rosters, and current maps are available. The unit has a trained officer and/or NCO appointed as UMO and alternate UMO. The unit is deploying as part of a higher echelon deployment. Deployment planning activities are performed day or night under all environment conditions, except NBC. This task should not be trained in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: Movement plan is completed IAW governing regulations and higher HQ directions.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Commander analyzes mission.

a. Identifies tasks in the deployment warning order.

b.
Identifies documented relocation policies and procedures
form the TSOP and movement order.

c. Issues warning notice to unit leaders.

d.
Coordinates mission parameters and details with higher HQ
using analog and/or digital communications.

e. Briefs unit leaders on deployment and mission requirements.
*2. Commander reviews unit readiness status.
a. Identifies equipment shortages.
b. Requests assistance from higher HQ to rectify equipment
shortages using analog and/or digital communications.

5-371
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
c.
Directs unit supply to conduct an inventory of on-hand UBL items.

d.
Identifies unit training status for deployment mission, to include for individual/crew served weapons, NBC, driver certification, special equipment, rail teams, air load/pallet build team, BBPCT team, Automated Airload Planning System, HAZMAT certified personnel, and other automated systems operators.

e.
Directs unit HQ to coordinate unit SRP with S1 or with supporting installation, as appropriate.

f.
Directs maintenance section to identify maintenance issues affecting readiness.

g.
Initiates action to resolve unit maintenance problems affecting readiness.

h. Directs unit HQ to review personnel status.

i.
Initiates action to resolve nondeployable personnel issues. *3. Commander directs deployment planning.

a.
Directs UMO to update movement plan based on current mission guidance.

b.
Directs unit leaders to update battle book, to include the unit mission, organization and extracts from the applicable OPLANs.

c.
Coordinates mission parameters and details with higher HQ using analog and/or digital communications.

d.
Directs unit Safety Officer to prepare risk assessment of the deployment operation.

e.
Identifies deployment training requirements. *4. UMO updates unit movement plan.

a.
Identifies the administrative, logistics and coordinating requirements for the plan based on the current mission.

b. Verifies load plans are current and entered into the ALTEL.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
c.
Updates DEL based on current mission.

d.
Updates air load plan based on current mission.

e.
Updates movement binders with current mission data.
.

f.
Identifies hazardous and sensitive cargo to be deployed.

g.
Verifies hazardous and sensitive/classified cargo handling procedures with installation unit movement coordinator.

h. Updates BBPCT materiel requirements.

i.
Verifies ground movement plan to designated ports is current.

NOTE: Performance measure "i" does not apply to the IBCT.
j. Verifies personnel listed for deployment equipment teams, supercargoes and advance parties are deployable.
NOTE: "Supercargoes" in performance measure does not apply to IBCT.
k. Coordinates tactical information and security requirements with the S2/S3 Section using analog and/or digital communications.
5. Unit HQ plans for deployment.
a.
Identifies rear detachment requirements based on current mission.

b.
Identifies advance party personnel requirements.

c.
Plans for property transfer, turnover and control procedures.

d.
Verifies family support group program key personnel are available.

e. Verifies unit deployment team personnel are available.

f.
Requests commander assign additional and/or replacement personnel for deployment teams and advance party.

5-373
DODDOA-007239
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES g. Prepares plan for storing personal property and POVs. h. Prepares communications plan. i. Identifies force protection measures for each step of the deployment process. j. Identifies required reports to higher HQ during deployment process. k. Identifies rules of engagement for gaining theater. 1. Performs risk assessment of deployment operation. GO NO GO
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO" TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO" TOTAL
"*" Indicates a leader task step.
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS: NONE
OPFOR TASKS AND STANDARDS: NONE

ELEMENT: COMPANY HEADQUARTERS TASK:.PLAN UNIT REDEPLOYMENT (63-2-4829) (FM 100-17, AR 220-1, AR 220-10, AR 700-93, AR 710-2, FM 4-30.3, FM 9-43-1, TM 55-2200-001-12) ITERATION.1.2.3 4 5.
M.(circle)
COMMANDER/LEADER ASSESSMENT.T P U. (circle)
CONDITIONS: The unit receives a warning order to deploy to home station. The unit is located in the TAA. Some personnel and administrative actions are initiated in the TAA and completed in the RAA. The unit has analog and digital communications with higher HQ. The unit is redeploying as part of a higher HQ redeployment. The Redeployment Movement Plan is available. The unit has a trained officer or NCO appointed as UMO. Preparation activities for redeployment are performed day or night under all environmental conditions. This task should not be trained in MOPP4.
TASK STANDARDS: The Redeployment Movement Plan is completed IAW governing regulations and higher HQ directions. The redeployment OPORD is completed.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
*
1. Commander analyzes redeployment mission.

a. Identifies tasks in the deployment warning order.

b.
Identifies all documented redeployment policies and
procedures from the TSOP, Redeployment Plan, movement order,
OPLANs, and OPORDs.

c. Issues warning notice to unit leaders.

d.
Coordinates mission parameters and details with higher HQ
using analog and/or digital communications.

e.
Identifies redeployment criteria required for unit validation.

f.
Verifies unit follow-on mission, if appropriate.

g.
Briefs unit leaders on redeployment and mission
requirements.

*2. Commander reviews unit readiness status.
a.
Identifies equipment shortages.

b.
Inventories UBL items.

5-375
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES GO NO GO
c.
Identifies training status of individual/crew-served weapons, NBC, driver certification, special equipment, rail teams, air load/pallet build team, blocking, bracing, packing and crating (BBPCT) team, automated air-land planning system, HAZMAT certified personnel, and other automated system operators.

d.
Identifies unit maintenance problems.

e.
Directs unit HQ to review personnel status.

f.
Requests support to correct readiness deficiencies. *3. Commander directs redeployment planning.

a.
Directs UMO to update redeployment movement plan based on current mission guidance and timeline from higher HQ.

b.
Directs unit leaders to update battle book, to include the unit mission, organization, redeployment ports information and extracts from the applicable OPLANs.

c.
Directs Unit Safety Officer to prepare a risk assessment of the deployment operation.

d.
Issues redeployment OPORD. *4. UMO updates Redeployment Movement Plan.

a.
Updates the administrative, logistics, and coordinating requirements for the plan based on current mission.

b.
Updates Redeployment Movement Plan based on current mission guidance.

c.
Verifies load plans are current and entered into the AUEL.

d.
Updates DEL based on current missions.

e.
Updates movement binders with mission specific information.

f.
Identifies hazardous and sensitive/classified handling procedures for each mode of transport and each port.

g. Updates BBPCT materiel requirements.
TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES h. Verifies status of personnel listed for redeployment equipment teams, supercargoes, and advance parties. GO NO GO
i. Coordinates tactical information and security requirements with the support operations section using analog and/or digital communications.
5. Unit HQ plans for redeployment.
a. Plans steps to meet redeployment validation criteria.
b. Identifies force protection measures in the AAs and MAs.
c. Incorporates redeployment family reunion requirements into planning timeline.
d. Plans media contact for return to home station.
e. InitiateS planning for welcome home ceremony.
f. Identifies requirements and plan for stress control briefings.
g. Provides rear detachment with information on redeployment for dissemination to families.
h. Performs risk assessment on redeployment operations.
i. Coordinates security of sensitive items.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO" TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO" TOTAL
"*" Indicates a leader task step.
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS: NONE
OPFOR TASKS AND STANDARDS: NONE

CHAPTER 6
EXTERNAL EVALUATION
6-1..GENERAL. An external evaluation is conducted to evaluate the unit's ability to perform its critical wartime mission. This chapter is a guide for preparing an external evaluation. The unit may modify the evaluation, as deemed appropriate by the commander, based on METT-T and other considerations. The unit will be evaluated using standards of selected T&EOs contained in Chapter 5 of this MTP. The evaluation will evaluate the total unit. The evaluation should employ the use of a realistic OPFOR and the use of MILES. At the completion of the evaluation, the commander should be able to identify the strengths and weaknesses of the unit which can form the basis for future training and resource allocation.
6-2. PREPARING THE EVALUATION. To ensure that the evaluations accurately measure unit capabilities, the commander must standardize evaluation procedures.
a. Preparing the Evaluation Instrument. The sample evaluation scenario outlined in Figure 6-1, pages 6-2 and 6-3, contains the missions as well as the appropriate tasks necessary to develop and execute the evaluation. Since it is not possible or desirable to evaluate every task, selective tailoring is required. The following procedures should be considered when developing the evaluation.
(1)
Based on previous training guidance, identify the missions to be evaluated, using Table 2-1 in this MTP. Record the selected missions on the Unit Proficiency Worksheet, Figure 6-2, page 6-4.

(2)
List each mission on a separate Task Summary Sheet (see Figure 6-3, page 6­5; Figure 6-4, page 6-6; Figure 6-5, page 6-7; Figure 6-6, pages 6-8 and 6-9; Figure 6-7, page 6-10; and Figure 6-8, page 6-11).

(3)
Select the tasks to be evaluated in the performance of every mission. List the selected tasks on the Task Summary Sheet. The evaluators use these sheets to record the results of the evaluation.

(4)
Compile the selected missions and tasks in the order that they will logically occur in the detailed scenario. Group the selected missions and tasks in modules, as shown in Figure 6-1, to allow for continuous operations which can be interrupted at logical points for assessment of casualties and the conduct of in-progress AAR.

b.
Forecasting and Requisitioning Resources. Depending on the evaluation, adequate training, ammunition, equipment, and supplies must be forecasted and requisitioned. A consolidated list of support requirements for this evaluation is at Table 6-1, page 6-12. This consolidated listing is the result of experience with the scenario presented in Figure 6-1. The evaluating HQ will have to prepare its own consolidated support list.

6-1

DODDOA-007244
EVENT ACTION DURATION TIME FRAME
1. Conduct pre-evaluation action 8 hr Before start
2. Receive warning order 1 hr Day 1, 0600
MODULE 1
3. Develop displacement plan 40 min 0640
4. Coordinate support requirements 20 min 0700
5. Organize advance quartering party 10 min 0710
6. Conduct reconnaissance 1 hr 15 min 0825
7. Brief quartering party 15 min 0840
8. Dispatch quartering party 5 min 0845
9. Conduct convoy
10. Prepare vehicles and equipment 50 min 0935
11. Dismantle operation site 40 min 1015
12. Conduct AAR 30 min 1045
13. Organize convoy 20 min 1105
14. Brief convoy personnel 15 min 1120
15. Cross SP • 10 min 1130
16. Conduct convoy 45 min 1215
17. Cross contaminated area 45 min 1300
18. Threat interdiction 30 min 1330
19. Conduct AAR 30 min 1400
20. Continue convoy 45 min 1445
21. Cross RP 15 min 1500
22. Conduct AAR 30 min 1530
MODULE 2
23. Prepare area for occupancy 3 hr 1830
24. Conduct AAR 30 min 1900
25. Establish initial communications 30 min 1930
26. Escort convoy elements to new area 45 min 2015
27. Establish unit defense 1 hr 15 min 2130
28. Set-up unit headquarters and operating site 5 hr 0125
29. Conduct AAR 30 min 0155
MODULE 3 Day 2, 0800
*30. Receive/issue transportation request 1 hr 0900 *31. Organize platoons for mission 30 min 0930
32. Transship cargo
Figure 6-1. Sample evaluation scenario
EVENT ACTION DURATION TIME FRAME
MODULE 3 (continued)
33. Conduct AAR 30 min 1000 *34. Perform personnel and administrative support *35. Perform health and welfare measures *36. Perform unit-level maintenance *37. Perform internal supply
38. Level I attack occurs 30 min 1030
39. NBC attack occurs 45 min 1115
40. Perform decontamination and monitor operations 1 hr 30 min 1245
41. Conduct AAR 30 min 1315
MODULE 4 Day 3, 0800 •
42. Receive alert message 15 min 0815
43. Occupy fighting positions 10 min 0825
44. Assemble reaction forces 15 min 0840
45. Detect threat 5 min 0845
46. Increase perimeter manning 10 min 0855
47. Receive threat indirect fire 15 min 0910
48. En• age threat 1 hr 1010
49. Request indirect fire or CAS 15 min 1025
50. Adjust defense 50 min 1115
51. Reorganize defense 35 min 1150
52. Disengage threat 10 min 1200
53. Conduct AAR 30 min 1230
54. Hand over battle to TCF/MPs 30 min 1300
55. Conduct AAR 30 min 1330
56. Reorganize unit 30 min 1400
57. Conduct ADC 45 min 1445
58. Conduct hasty displacement 1 hr 1545
59. Move to AAR site and conduct final AAR 3 hr 1845

TOTAL ESTIMATED TIME:46 hours 08 min
*Event occurs simultaneously with other events.
NOTE: Events will be performed to standards, not time limitations. The time to train an event will vary based on METT-T factors and the training proficiency of the Transportation Cargo Transfer Company.
Figure 6-1. Sample evaluation scenario (continued)
6-3

UNIT PROFICIENCY WORKSHEET
UNIT MISSION EVALUATION
Deploy Unit to a New Theater of Operations Relocate Unit to a New Operating Site Establish Unit Area of Operations Perform Cargo Operations Defend Assigned Area Redeploy Unit to Home Station GO NO GO
Evaluator's Comments:

Evaluator's Signature Figure 6-2. Suggested format for unit proficiency worksheet

DODDOA-007247
TASK SUMMARY SHEET
MISSION: Deploy Unit to a New Theater of Operations .

TASK T&EO EVALUATION NUMBER GO NO GO
Prepare Unit to Move 63-2-4002 Perform Deployment Alert Activities 63-2-4801 Perform Personnel and Administrative Predeployment Activities 63-2-4802 Perform Predeployment Training Activities 63-2-4803 Perform Predeployment Supply Activities 63-2-4804 Perform Predeployment Maintenance Activities 63-2-4805 Prepare Vehicles and Equipment for Deployment 63-2-4806 Prepare Unit for Nontactical Move 63-2-4807 Conduct Nontactical Road March 63-2-4808 Perform Sea Port of Embarkation Activities for Deployment 63-2-4809 Perform Aerial Port of Embarkation Activities for Deployment 63-2-4810 Perform Aerial Port of Debarkation Activities for Deployment 63-2-4811 Perform Sea Port of Debarkation Activities for Deployment 63-2-4812 Prepare Equipment Reception Team for Tactical Road March 63-2-4813 Perform Home Station Activities 63-2-4822 Conduct Integration Activities 63-2-4825 Conduct Staging Activities 63-2-4826 Employ Operations Security Measures 63-2-4016 Execute Battle Handover 63-2-4027 Employ Physical Security Measures 63-2-4306 Conduct Battlefield Stress 63-2-4303 Perform Risk Management Procedures 63-2-4326 Plan Unit Move 63-2-4001 Plan Occupation of New Area of Operations 63-2-4007 Plan Unit Defense 63-2-4010 Maintain Communications 63-2-4017 Establish Communications 63-2-4040 Plan Unit Deployment Activities Upon Receipt of a Warning Order 63-2-4828
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

Evaluator's Signature
Figure 6-3. Task summary sheet, deploy unit to a new theater of operations
6-5
DODDOA-007248
TASK SUMMARY SHEET
MISSION: Relocate Unit to a New Operating Site
TASK . T&EO.EVALUATION
NUMBER
GO NO GO

Conduct Tactical Road March 63-2-4003 Use Passive Air Defense Measures 63-2-4307 Take Active Air Defense Measures Against Hostile Aircraft 63-2-4308 Cross a Radiologically Contaminated Area 63-2-4005 Defend Convoy Elements 63-2-4006 Employ Operations Security Measures 63-2-4016 Perform Operational Decontamination 63-2-4018 Respond to the Initial Effects of a Nuclear Attack 63-2-4020 Defend Against a Level I Attack 63-2-4021 Execute Battle Handover 63-2-4027 Cross a Chemically Contaminated Area 63-2-4226 Employ Physical Security Measures 63-2-4306 Respond to the Residual Effects of a Nuclear Attack 63-2-4328 Respond to a Chemical Attack 63-2-4334 Transport Personnel and Cargo 55-2-0011 Transport Crew Members and Overweight Vehicles or 55-2-0024 Oversized Cargo Perform Recovery Operations 63-2-4071 Combat Battlefield Stress 63-2-4303 Perform Risk Management Procedures 63-2-4326 Perform Unit-Level Maintenance 63-2-4552 Maintain Communications 63-2-4017
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION I 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

Evaluator's Signature
Figure 6-4. Task summary sheet, relocate to a new operating site
TASK SUMMARY SHEET
MISSION: Establish Unit Area of Operations TASK
Perform Advance/Quartering Party Activities
Occupy New Operating Site

Use Passive Air Defense Measures
Take Active Air Defense Measures Against Hostile Aircraft. Set Up Truck Platoon Set Up Unit Defense
Prepare Unit for Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical Conditions
Employ Operations Security Measures
Perform Thorough Decontamination
Respond to the Initial Effects of a Nuclear Attack
Defend Against a Level I Attack
Prepare Unit for Level II/Ell Threat
Execute Battle Handover
Employ Physical Security Measures
Prepare for a Friendly Nuclear Strike
Respond to the Residual Effects of a Nuclear Attack
Respond to a Chemical Attack Set Up Maintenance Platoon Headquarters and Sections
Set Up Logistics Operations Center
Provide Personnel and Administrative Support
Combat Battlefield Stress
Perform Field Sanitation Functions
Perform Risk Management Procedures
Provide Unit Supply Support
Perform Unit-Level Maintenance
Supervise Truck Platoon Operations
Maintain Communications
Establish Communications
T&EO.EVALUATION NUMBER GO.NO GO
63-2-4008 63-2-4009 63-2-4307 63-2-4308 55-2-0007 63-2-4011 63-2-4013 63-2-4016 63-2-4019 63-2-4020 63-2-4021 63-2-4022 63-2-4027 63-2-4306 63-2-4327 63-2-4328 63-2-4334 63-2-4520 63-2-4012 63-2-4015 63-2-4303 63-2-4315 63-2-4326 63-2-4515 63-2-4552 55-2-0010 63-2-4017 63-2-4040

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

Evaluator's Signature
Figure 6-5. Task summary sheet, establish area of operations
6-7

DODDOA-007250
TASK SUMMARY SHEET
MISSION: Perform Cargo Operations .
TASK T&EO.EVALUATION NUMBER GO NO GO
Use Passive Air Defense Measures 63-2-4307 Take Active Air Defense Measures Against Hostile Aircraft 63-2-4308 Employ Operations Security Measures 63-2-4016 Respond to the Initial Effects of a Nuclear Attack 63-2-4020 Defense Against a Level I Attack 63-2-4021 Execute Battle Handover 63-2-4027 Employ Physical Security Measures 63-2-4306 Respond to the Residual Effects of a Nuclear Attack 63-2-4328 Respond to a Chemical Attack 63-2-4334 Transport Personnel and Cargo 55-2-0011 Transport Crew Members and Overweight Vehicles or Oversized 55-2-0024 Cargo Conduct Arrival or Departure Airfield Control Group Operations 55-2-0106 Provide Cargo Documentation Service 55-2-0111 Perform Clearance or Marshaling Functions 55-2-1401 Conduct LOTS Operation to Discharge and Load RO/RO, LO/LO, 55-2-1405 and Containers Conduct Cargo Operations to Discharge and Load Breakbulk 55-2-1406 Cargo Conduct Pierside Operations to Discharge and Load Cargo 55-2-1407 Conduct Cargo Transfer Operations 55-2-1408 Conduct Container Operations at a Hub 55-2-1409 Perform Recovery Operations 63-2-4071 Combat Battlefield Stress 63-2-4303 Perform Field Sanitation Functions 63-2-4315 Perform Risk Management Procedures 63-2-4326 Provide Unit Supply Support 63-2-4515 Perform Unit-Level Maintenance 63-2-4552 Provide Command and Control of Transportation Operations 55-2-0009 Supervise Truck Platoon Operations 55-2-0010 Maintain Communications 63-2-4017
Figure 66. Task summary sheet, perform cargo operations
-
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

Evaluator's Signature
Figure 6-6. Task summary sheet, perform cargo operations (continued)
6-9

DODDOA-007252
TASK SUMMARY SHEET MISSION: Defend Assigned Area TASK
Use Passive Air Defense Measures
Take Active Air Defense Measures Against Hostile Aircraft
Employ Operations Security Measures
Perform Operational Decontamination
Perform Thorough Decontamination
Respond to the Initial Effects of a Nuclear Attack
Defend Against a Level I Attack
Conduct Hasty Displacement
Defend Unit Area
Perform Withdrawal Under Fire
Reorganize Unit Defense
Execute Battle Handover
Employ Physical Security Measures
Respond to the Residual Effects of a Nuclear Attack
Respond to a Chemical Attack
Perform Unit Mortuary Affairs Operations
Perform Area Damage Control Functions
Combat Battlefield Stress
Process Enemy Prisoners of War
Process Captured Documents and Equipment
Transport Casualties
Perform Risk Management Procedures
Treat Unit Casualties
Destroy Supply and Equipment
Plan Area Damage Control Functions
Maintain Communications
T&EO.EVALUATION

NUMBER
63-2-4307 63-2-4308 63-2-4016 63-2-4018 63-2-4019 63-2-4020 63-2-4021 63-2-4023 63-2-4024 63-2-4025 63-2-4026 63-2-4027 63-2-4306 63-2-4328 63-2-4334 10-2-4513 63-2-4028 63-2-4303 63-2-4304 63-2-4305 63-2-4316 63-2-4326 63-2-4517 63-2-4522 63-2-4014 63-2-4017

TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

Evaluator's Signature
Figure 6-7. Task summary sheet, defend assigned area
6-10
GO.NO GO

TOTAL

TASK SUMMARY SHEET
MISSION: Redeploy Unit to Home Station
.

TASK T&EO.EVALUATION NUMBER GO NO GO
Prepare Unit to Move 63-2-4002 Prepare Vehicles and Equipment for Deployment 63-2-4806 Prepare Unit for Nontactical Move 63-2-4807 Conduct Nontactical Road March 63-2-4808 Perform Redeployment Personnel and Administrative Actions 63-2-4814 Perform Redeployment Training Activities 63-2-4815 Perform Redeployment Supply Activities 63-2-4816 Perform Redeployment Maintenance Activities 63-2-4817 Prepare Vehicles and Equipment for Redeployment 63-2-4818 Perform Sea Port of Embarkation Activities for Redeployment 63-2-4819 Perform Aerial Port of Embarkation Activities for Redeployment 63-2-4820 Perform Aerial Port of Debarkation Activities for Redeployment 63-2-4821 Perform Home Station Activities 63-2-4822 Perform Sea Port of Debarkation Activities for Redeployment 63-2-4823 Perform Demobilization Station Activities 63-2-4824 Conduct Integration Activities 63-2-4825 Conduct Staging Activities 63-2-4826 Employ Operations Security Measures 63-2-4016 Execute Battle Handover 63-2-4027 Employ Physical Security Measures 63-2-4306 Conduct Battlefield Stress 63-2-4303 Perform Risk Management Procedures 63-2-4326 Maintain Communications 63-2-4017 Plan Unit Deployment 63-2-4829
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 M TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS "GO"
TRAINING STATUS "GO/NO GO"

Evaluator's Signature
Figure 6-8. Task summary sheet, redeploy to new area of operations
6-11
DODDOA-007254
-

Table 61. Consolidated support requirements

AMMUNITION BASIC LOAD
5.56-mm SAW (blank) 150 rounds/wpn
5.56-mm (blank) 30 rounds/wpn
7.62-mm (blank) 100 rounds/wpn
.40-mm (blank) 192 rounds/wpn
.45 cal (blank) 30 rounds/wpn
50 cal (blank) 100 rounds/wpn
Blank adapter 1 set/wpn
Miles 1 set/wpn
Smoke grenades 4 unit
2 OPFOR
ATWESS 2 per law

FUEL

Multiply the pieces of equipment times the amount of fuel per mile or hour times the tentative operating mileage or hour.
NBC EQUIPMENT
AN/ODR-TI (Radiac Set) 1 each M72A2 Chemical Stimulant 2 each CS Grenades 3 each IM 174 Radiac Meter 4 each IM 93/UD Dosimeter 3 each
OTHER

MREs 3 per man, per day War wound moulage set 1 each Aircraft for simulated air attack 1 each Fire Marker Control System (when available)
c.
Selecting and Preparing the Field Evaluation Site. When selecting an evaluation site, consider size, type of terrain, OPFOR requirement, and administrative requirements. For this evaluation, an area measuring 1.5 by 1.5 kilometers was selected. The OPFOR positioning is according to the Soviet doctrine. In addition, the site provides for the establishment of an administrative area required to support the evaluation.

d.
Planning Indirect Fire Simulation. Indirect fire weapons greatly influence the outcome of battles. Reaction to indirect fire is an important consideration of the evaluation. Indirect fire simulation requires a considerable amount of planning to achieve the desired realism.

(1) The fire marker control system outlined in TC 25-6 is a recommended method of simulating indirect fire. However, this method may be difficult to support due to the amount of resources required.
DODDOA-007255
(2) The unit may use the evaluation control HQ method or the simulation without OPFOR method of evaluating the unit's ability to react to indirect fire. If the evaluation control HQ method is used, the OPFOR will make a call for fire to the evaluation control HQ which would simulate the tactical FDC. The control HQ would then relay the delivery data to the evaluators who would mark the impact of the round with artillery simulators and assess appropriate casualties. If an OPFOR is not used, the evaluator may simply ignite artillery simulators and observe the unit's reactions. FM 25-4 provides assessment and computation tables which may be used to determine casualties. Indirect fire simulation must be realistic and limited to what the unit could reasonably expect under combat conditions.
6-3. SELECTING THE EVALUATORS.

a. Evaluators must know the unit missions, organization, equipment, and employment. Evaluators should be at least equal in grade to the rank of the company commander and subordinate leaders. They should have performed previously in that specific or similar TOE position.
b. The following are desired minimum rank and experience requirements for evaluators:
(1)
Unit evaluator. This will be an officer (captain) with company commander experience.

(2)
Platoon evaluators. This will be a lieutenant or NCO with platoon leader experience.

(3)
Recorder. This will be an officer or NCO at the evaluation control HQ to receive "kill" information/results and time data from the evaluators.

(4)
OPFOR team leader. The OPFOR team leader is also considered an evaluator in that he must provide input for the unit evaluators.

6-4. TRAINING THE EVALUATORS. To ensure standardized administration of the evaluation, evaluators must understand three functional areas.
a.
Evaluation Design. Each module is designed to evaluate specific critical missions or tasks within the overall scenario. The evaluators must know the evaluation thoroughly and precisely to implement it correctly.

b.
Equipment and Weapons. Each evaluator, regardless of position, must have full knowledge of the unit weapons and equipment. It is the unit's responsibility to ensure that all equipment is functional before each evaluation module is performed.

6-13

DODDOA-007256
c.
Evaluation Control System. The evaluation control system is used to ensure that the evaluation is administered in a consistent and standardized manner and that correct data is collected for the final evaluation. It includes the following elements:

(1)
Rules of engagement.

(2)
Evaluator duties and responsibilities.

(3)
The communication system.

(4)
Evaluation data collection plan.

d.
Safety. During any training event, all soldiers and leaders must be safety conscious. Evaluators must ensure that all events are conducted within established safety constraints. Prior to the beginning of each event, all personnel will be briefed on specific safety measures that are to be taken during execution.

6-5. RECORDING EXTERNAL EVALUATION INFORMATION.
a.
The evaluating HQ develops the data recording instruments for the evaluators. The Unit Data Sheet (Figure 6-9) presents demographic information, which may reflect on the unit's performance. The Environmental Data Sheet (Figure 6-10, page 6-16) presents weather information so that a comparison of missions conducted under differing environmental conditions can be made. The Personnel and Equipment Loss Report (Figure 6-11, page, 6-17) presents information which reflects on the unit's degree of success during engagements with the OPFOR.

b.
The senior evaluator has overall responsibility for preparation of the external evaluation. He accomplishes this through the input provided to him by the subordinate evaluators in each of their respective areas. Subordinate evaluators use the task evaluation criteria (T&EOs from Chapter 5 and Task Summary Sheet) to determine overall proficiency in their particular areas. However the senior evaluator must compile the external evaluation results as prescribed by the evaluating HQ commander. Deviations from the mission/task accomplishment standard assessed by the unit evaluator may be addressed in the senior evaluator comments portion of the mission accomplishment summary.

UNIT DATA SHEET
1.
UNIT DESIGNATION: .

2.
UNIT LEADERS: (Circle most correct answer)

POSITION RANK TIME IN UNIT (MONTHS)
COMMANDER CPT 1LT 1-3 3-6 6-12 12-18 more 1SG MSG SFC 1-3 3-6 6-12 12-18 more PLT LDR 1LT 2LT 1-3 3-6 6-12 12-18 more PLT SGT SFC SSG 1-3 3-6 6-12 12-18 more SQD/SEC LDR SSG SGT 1-3 3-6 6-12 12-18 more
3.
UNIT STRENGTH (excluding leaders): .

4.
EQUIPMENT SHORTAGE (List major items):

Figure 6-9. Suggested format for unit data sheet
6-15

DODDOA-007258
ENVIRONMENTAL DATA SHEET
MODULE NUMBER AND DESCRIPTIONS: . DATE/TIME MODULE STARTED: . DATE/TIME MODULE ENDED: .
1.
WEATHER CONDITIONS: (Circle appropriate description) Clear, Partly Cloudy, Cloudy, Hazy, Raining, Snowing, Fog Other (Describe): . Temperature: .

2.
GROUND CONDITIONS: (Circle appropriate description.) Dry.Wet Ice Snow Other: .

3.
LIGHT CONDITIONS: (Circle appropriate description.)

A. Day.Night
B. Moon Phase:.None.1/4.1/2.3/4.Full

4.
TERRAIN: (Circle appropriate description.)

A. Flat.Rolling.Mountainous Jungle.Desert.MOUT.Arctic Other (Describe): .
B. Top soil composition:
Sandy.Rocky.Clay.Other (describe): .

C. Average range of visibility due to terrain: .

5.
REMARKS

Figure 6-10. Suggested format for environmental data sheet
PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT LOSS REPORT
UNIT IDENTIFICATION:
Mission Title or.Date and Time Friendly.Enemy.Vehicles Task Number.Enemy Contact.lUA.KIA.Destroyed
COMMENTS:
-
Figure 611. Suggested format for personnel and equipment loss report
6-17

DODDOA-007260
6-6. SELECTING AND TRAINING OPFOR. The selection and training of an OPFOR is crucial to the success of a standardized evaluation. The OPFOR is one of the control measures that influences the conditions under which the evaluation is administered. The unit should face an opponent which is consistent in portraying threat doctrine.
a. Selection. Any qualified Skill Level 1 or 2 soldier can serve as a member of the OPFOR. Ideally, the OPFOR should be a small cohesive unit under the control of their normal leader or commander.
b.
Training. The OPFOR must understand five major areas:

(1)
OPFOR weapons and equipment if available.

(2)
Installation and operation of the MILES devices for OPFOR weapons.

(3)
Rules of engagement.

(4)
Threat small unit tactics.

(5)
Training scenarios.

c.
OPFOR Strength.

(1)
Offense. Generally, the OPFOR should be outnumbered three to one or more if an attack is to have a good chance using MILES. If the OPFOR is stronger than this ratio, only the most exceptional unit will overcome them. Conversely, the OPFOR should not be so weak that they are quickly overcome. They must also be armed with weapons capable of defeating any of the unit's assets. A general rule is that the OPFOR should be strong enough to offer the unit realistic challenges but one that the unit can overcome if they employ proper tactics.

(2)
Defense. The OPFOR, at a minimum, should have a three-to-one ratio of superiority, since anything less will not effectively challenge the unit when defending. The OPFOR should have sufficient weapons and ammunition to conduct a successful attack. They must be more than a series of targets to be destroyed. The OPFOR should be allowed to plan their own attack for each mission and not be forced into a "canned" attack that the unit will quickly defeat. Once the OPFOR establishes their plan, they must use the same plan for that event in order to maintain the objectivity and standardization of the evaluation.

6-7. CONDUCTING THE EVALUATION. Conduct of the evaluation is divided into three distinct areas, each requiring preparation and coordination.
a. Pre-evaluation.
(1) Reconnoitering the evaluation area. The senior evaluator and all other evaluators must make a reconnaissance of the evaluation area. They must know the location of the unit boundary, the location of OPFOR dispositions, and the most likely avenues of approach throughout the field evaluation site area of operations.
DODDOA-007261
(2)
Preparation of orders. OPORDs and FRAGOs to be used to control the exercise must be prepared. An order must be prepared for every mission in the evaluation scenario. These can be prepared, using the skeleton orders contained in the STXs and FTX found in Chapter 4.

(3)
Unit preparatory activities. Installing and troubleshooting MILES equipment, loading vehicles, conducting inspections, and performing administrative actions, are included in unit preparation activities.

(4)
Positioning OPFOR. While the unit is conducting its preparatory activities, the OPFOR is placed in position and briefed.

(5)
Issue the operations orders. In this evaluation scenario, the unit is issued a march order to move. During movement preparation, the battalion OPORD is issued. Once the commander has issued his OPORD and time has been allotted for issuing the platoon or section order, the evaluators should make a last functional check of the equipment.

b. Evaluation.

(1)
Controlling the exercise. The evaluation team controls the evaluation in two ways. First, it controls the evaluation using measures established in paragraph 3 and 5 of the OPORD or FRAGO. Second, the team controls the evaluation through the battalion team commander(simulated by the senior evaluator for this evaluation) on the battalion team net. Simply stated, the evaluation team does not control in the traditional sense, but merely accompanies the unit. Only the senior evaluator has direct verbal contact with the commander; all other evaluators do not speak, aid, give advice, point out positions, or in any way influence the unit performance, except in case of a safety emergency. Evaluators are neutral and must remain so throughout the evaluation.

(2)
Beginning the first module. Once the senior evaluator has issued the battalion team OPORD, the commander executes the mission/tasks prescribed in the first module of the evaluation scenario within the prescribed time constraints. From this point on, all successive modules begin with a battalion team FRAGO or an OPORD.

(3)
Terminating the module. The senior evaluator should terminate a module when the unit has completed all the missions/tasks in that module or has suffered so many casualties or so much damage that the assigned missions or tasks cannot be completed. If the latter is the reason for termination, the evaluator must record the reasons for the termination in the margin of the evaluator's T&EO worksheet and report his action to the evaluation control HQ. In the evaluation scenario, the completion of each mission or task is indicated by "conduct sustaining operations." During this period, the senior evaluator will direct the unit to remain in position while "replacements" (personnel and equipment designed as killed or destroyed) are sent forward to reconstitute the unit. At this time, evaluators must perform the following actions:

(a)
Promptly inspect all MILES equipment, record kill codes, and then reset equipment. Replace any damaged or inoperative MILES equipment.

6-19
(b)
Promptly resolve all casualty data to determine the time, place, number, and cause of casualties. Report this information to the recorder in the evaluation control HQ.

(c)
Debrief the unit to clear up any questions. The senior evaluator will then direct the unit to continue its mission once a battalion team FRAGO or OPORD for the next module has been issued.

(4) Guidelines for evaluator.
(a) Report major kills (vehicles, groups).

(b)
Report major weapons firing. Both significant firings and hits will be reported to the evaluation control HQ.

(c) Enforce rules of engagement.

(d)
Observe critical tactical events of time. Evaluators must be alert to spot and record any action that might have an effect on later performance or mission outcome.

(e) Record routes of travel and unit location.

(f)
Inform OPFOR controller of the unit location, direction, and intent. This is necessary to enable OPFOR actions to be controlled in accordance with the desired sequence of events.

(g)
Enforce safety.

(h)
Terminate mission.

-
c. Postevaluation. Once the evaluation has been terminated, the unit should be moved to
an assembly area and the following actions performed before the unit moves back into garrison.
(1)
The unit evaluator must debrief subordinate evaluators and compile all data (evaluator packets) for the evaluation.

(2) The unit evaluator must complete the task summary sheets.

(3)
The unit evaluator must turn in all completed evaluators packets (with the evaluators scoring system) to control HQ for recording and analysis.

(4) The unit evaluator must conduct an AAR of the unit performance.

(5)
Each subordinate evaluator should conduct an AAR of his element's performance.

-
6-8. AFTERACTION REVIEW.
a. General. At the completion of each module and the total evaluation, feedback should be provided to the unit and platoon/sections in order to increase and reinforce learning.
6-20
DODDOA-007263
b. Feedback. Because all members of the unit participate in an AAR, each member becomes a source of feedback. This participation provides a richer "data base" for key points. For example, based on the assessment of the situation, only a leader knows the basis for his decisions. The AAR leader tries to draw this information out so that it becomes an important part of the discussion and forms the context for discussing alternative courses of action.
c. Preparing the AAR. The AAR preparation involves the following four steps:
(1)
Review training orders and objectives. Training objectives are the focus of the discussion of the exercise results. The FRAGOs and OPORDs included in the exercise design implement these objectives. The evaluator should be familiar with the objectives, FRAGO, and OPORD so that he can note orders given by leaders of the unit that either implement these objectives or deviate from them.

(2)
Observe the exercise. This is an active process. The emphasis is on noting the actions that make the difference between a unit's success and failure. The evaluator need not remain overly close to the commander, since more can be seen from high ground near the lead element's location, or along the unit's route when moving. Since unit orders may identify important activities, checkpoints, and so forth, the evaluator must be present when the orders are issued. Therefore, the evaluator should position himself so that he can best observe anticipated critical events. Examples of critical events include the following:


Plan Unit Move.


Prepare Unit Move.


Perform Risk Management Procedures.


Conduct Convoy.


OPFOR Activities.


Cross RP.


Establish Unit Area of Operations.


Support Transshipment Operations.


OPFOR Patrolling Occurs.


Main Attack Occurs.


Area Damage Control Operations.

(3)
Select the site and assemble the participants. After the exercise, select a site for the AAR. If possible, hold the AAR where the majority of action occurred, where the most critical events took place, or where the terrain can be observed. Most often the OPFOR or unit objectives will be suitable to use for assembling the players and conducting AARs.

(4)
Debrief the evaluators. While the unit is moving to the selected site, the evaluators should be debriefed. The senior evaluator must have a complete understanding of what happened in the exercise. Therefore, the fourth step in AAR preparation is to obtain a detailed description of the exercise's major tactical events in the order in which they occurred. The unit evaluators and the OPFOR leader/controller will provide a description when they are debriefed. After the senior evaluator has a sound understanding of what happened during the exercise, he reviews the critical events and ranks them in terms of their relevance to the exercise training objectives and their contributions to the exercise outcome. He then selects as many critical events as can be covered in detail during the time allowed for the AAR and places them in chronological order.

6-21
DODDOA-007264
d. Conducting the AAR. Conducting the AAR requires the following four steps:
(1)
Organize the participants. When the evaluator/AAR leader assembles the participants, he groups them in the exercise according to their organization. Each subordinate element's evaluator is with the element he evaluated.

(2)
State the training objectives. The AAR leader makes a brief, specific statement of the training objectives for the exercise. The AAR leader also states any additional teaching points that he intends to cover during the AAR. He limits these teaching points to three or four key points to keep the AAR focused and to prevent it from becoming too long.

(3)
Lead the discussion. The AAR leader guides the discussion of the major tactical events in the order they occur. He uses diagrams to help players visualize the exercise development. Each major event should be discussed in detail to make teaching points about the unit performance during the event. In an effective AAR, the AAR leader:


Avoids giving a critique or lecture.


Guides the discussion by asking leading questions.


Have the players describe what happened in their own terms.


Has the players discuss not only what happened, but also how it happened, and how it could have been done better.


Focuses the discussion so that important tactical lessons are made explicit.


Relates tactical events to subsequent results.


Avoids detailed examination of events not directly related to major training objectives.

• Encourages the participants to use diagrams to illustrate teaching points.


Prohibits players from offering self-serving excuses for inappropriate . tactical actions.

(4) Summarize key points. The AAR leader briefly summarizes teaching points in terms of training objectives covered in the AAR. After the summary, the AAR leader can have a private conversation with the unit leader regarding his strengths and weaknesses and what he can do to further improve his performance and that of the unit. A good AAR ensures the following:

Order and discipline are maintained.


Training objectives are reviewed.


A discussion of the important events is held. (The discussion addresses events as they occurred and how the unit could have done better. The AAR leader guides the discussion. The leader avoids a detailed examination. of events not directly related to the training objective.)


The AAR leader traces the chain of events so that all the participants understand the mistakes.

• Tactical events are clearly related to teaching points.


Attention of the participants is held, and they are involved in the
discussion.


The summary and new training objectives are clear and concise. Sketches, diagrams, or terrain models are used to reinforce points made in the AAR.

6-22
DODDOA-007265
APPENDIX A
COMBINED ARMS TRAINING STRATEGY
A-1. PURPOSE. This appendix provides, as part of the CATS, the Combined Arms
Command's recommended strategy for training a company/detachment. This appendix has three
parts. The first part describes CATS and explains how CATS fits into the training planning
process as described in FM 25-101. The second part explains how to read the strategies and the
third part explains how to integrate CATS into the long-range and near-term planning process.
Section I. CATS AND THE TRAINING PLANNING PROCESS
A-2. TRAINING PLANNING PROCESS. FM 25-101 describes a three-step process, based on the unit METL and ending in training execution. Figure 1-1 is a graphic representation of the process.
...
METL ASSESSMENT COMMANDER'S TRAINING
.
GUIDANCE PLANS
.
Basis for
TRAINING EXECUTION
Figure 1-1. Training planning process
CATS does not replace this process. It is a training tool that enhances the commander's ability to use the training planning process to manage his training and to optimize the use of scarce training resources. CATS unit strategies describe recommended training events and the event frequency. Your unit may train all or some of these events. Your training frequency may or may not match that in the CATS strategy. Whatever a units training requirements, CATS provides a framework for use in making decisions on the training to be conducted. The training strategy outlined in CATS is designed to help commanders at all levels develop and execute a more efficient training program. Any given strategy addresses all units Army-wide of the same TOE. The specific makeup of the unit's training program is dependent upon--its METL; guidance from higher headquarters; and the resources available at the installation or training environment. It is descriptive in nature and is intended to be used as a guide for the commander.
A-1
A-3. CATS. CATS is the Army's training strategy that integrates combined arms training for-­heavy, light, and special operations forces, the active and reserve components, in the unit and institution environments. It provides an azimuth to guide Army training and identifies the resources required to support that training. It enables the Army to identify, manage and program the acquisition of training resources. CATS evolved from the need for more efficient training, based on expected resource constraints. At US Army level, CATS gives the rationale for acquiring training resources through the development of unit and institutional training strategies. The strategies provide recommended training frequencies and identify the training resources needed to support the strategy.
A-4. TERMS. The information in this paragraph explains the terms listed in Figure 1-1. For information on the training planning process, see FM 25-101.
a.
The METL is an unconstrained, unprioritized statement of the tasks required to complete the war time mission. It is the source of training planning activities.

b.
Assessment is the beginning of the training planning process. It is the commander's evaluation of the unit's training level on the METL.

c.
Commander's Guidance consists of long-range planning calendars and CTG issued to the battalion from the division. It serves to focus the training efforts of the battalion in accordance with the division commander's priorities. The battalion in turn issues CTG for its subordinate companies.

d.
Training Plans are a collection of schedules and other supporting documents that carry out the commander's guidance.

e.
Training Execution is the actual performance of the training scheduled in the training plans portion of the training planning process.

A-5. APPLYING CATS. The information in this paragraph explains how to apply CATS to the training planning process. Figure 1-2 is a graphic representation of the process.
METL
Applied
ASSESSMENT COMMANDER'S CATS TRAINING
GUIDANCE to PLANS

Basis for
TRAINING
EXECUTION

Figure 1-2. Training planning process

DODDOA-007267
a. The commander determines the exact events and tasks to be trained based on his METL and guidance from higher headquarters.
(1)
The unit trains tasks during events established in FM 25-100, FM 25-101, and CATS.

(2)
The company/detachment trains its METL by training soldiers, squads, sections and platoons in their wartime tasks. The company/detachment applies CATS to its training plans by applying the training events, frequencies and critical gates contained in strategies to the CTG in developing its training plans. The company commander and training officer/NCO uses the critical gates identified in the strategies to ensure that basic tasks are trained prior to moving on to training more complex or resource intensive tasks. The performance of training gate tasks are always evaluated by the commander and serve as the basis of additional training efforts. For example, a TEWT should be used to train METL tasks prior to conducting a complex and resource intensive event like a CFX. The collective training tasks trained in the TEWT are evaluated by the commander and serve as the basis for additional squad/section/platoon training or another TEWT prior to the execution of a CFX.

(3)
TADSS based training uses a mix of TADSS and live fire/field training. The strategies show those TADSS within the Army's system or year projected for fielding. The TADSS may not be available at your installation or training environment.

b.
The strategies can be viewed as training plans for generic type units. The strategy for the company/detachment is based on the TOE for the Motor Transport/Terminal/Watercraft /Movements Control company/detachment. It does not address environmental factors that apply to specific companies (such as MTOE, mission, particular training weaknesses and strengths, or the group/battalion commander's guidance).

c.
By inserting an extra step into the training planning process, commanders apply the components of their unit CATS strategies to their particular training programs and environments. Commanders evaluate and apply the information contained in the strategies to their training environments. The optimal frequencies identified in the strategies may have to be adjusted based upon a unit's training status or its resourcing.

Section II. STRATEGY ORGANIZATION AND INTERPRETATION
A-6. UNIT TRAINING STRATEGIES. This paragraph explains the strategy organization and explains how to use it. The unit training portion of CATS is a series of separately generated training strategies. These strategies describe the events, frequencies, and resources recommended to train to standard. As part of the unit training strategy development process, TRADOC established a standard format to depict unit training strategies. The unit training strategy is a descriptive strategy for training and sustaining soldier and collective task proficiency. The tasks to be trained at a particular unit will be based on the unit's METL. The unit strategy in this appendix covers all transportation companys/units. The unit training strategies have three major components--Maneuver, Gunnery, and Soldier.
a. The Maneuver strategy is descriptive. It provides recommended training frequencies for collective training events in a unit. The events come from FM 25-100, 25-101 or the glossary
A-3
DODDOA-007268
of this MTP. It helps a unit maintain MTP standards and depicts the resources required to support training events.
b.
The Gunnery Component has Individual/crew served weapons strategies that the Infantry school developed. These strategies also can be found in DA Pam 350-38 and DA Pam 350-39 or appropriate weapons FMs.

c.
The Soldier Component is a descriptive strategy for training individual soldier skills. It lists the resources required to support soldier training and links with and supports a collective training strategy.

A-7. ELEMENTS OF THE UNIT STRATEGIES. The unit training strategies are in matrix formats. The matrix lists the unit size levels, training events or training exercises, training event frequencies for both the active and reserve components, critical gates, and training resources.
a.
Training levels are units, training elements or echelons (such as individual through corps) that execute specific training events.

b.
Training events are types of collective training exercises identified in FM 25-101 or the glossary of this MTP. Training events identify the recommended exercises that units should conduct to train to MTP standard. Units normally conduct events in a progressive and sequential manner. For example; a TEWT should be conducted before conducting a CFX. A CPX should be conducted before conducting a FTX.

c.
Training event frequencies are the suggested number of times that an event should be trained during a training cycle to attain or maintain MTP standards. AC units use an annual cycle and RC units conduct training on a 4-year cycle.

d.
A critical gate is a training event that must be done and evaluated before moving onto a more complex, resource intensive, or hazardous event. MACOM or field commanders may direct performance of critical gate training tasks to an established standard prior to performing more complex or resource intensive tasks.

e.
The unit training strategies identify the resources that will be used to support each training event. These resources are:


OPTEMPO


Ammunition


TADSS


Training Land


Training Ranges

The resources listed in the strategies represent those that are available now.
(1) OPTEMPO figures reflect the annual operating miles/hours required for the base vehicle or system for a particular unit, per event. The OPTEMPO figures come from the BLTM manual. When no BLTM was available, an estimated OPTEMPO required to support all the annual iterations of that training event were developed by the proponents.
DODDOA-007269
(2)
Ammunition figures reflect the ammunition required to support training events and come from DA Pam 350-38, Standards in Weapons Training. The maneuver/collective strategies reflect blank ammunition requirements. Live ammunition appears on the Gunnery strategies. Pyrotechnics appear on the maneuver/collective component.

(3)
TADSS are training aids, devices, simulators and simulations that support specific training events. TADSS listed are those in the system and non-system TADSS that are fielded. In this strategy, Battalion and BBS is identified as a primary TADSS to support battalion staff and headquarters company/detachment's CPX training.

(4)
Training Land is a resource category that will list the recommended training land in kilometers by event to conduct maneuver training. The reference is TC 25-1. The actual amount of training land needed by a particular unit will be determined by METT-T and the characteristics or condition of the training land available to the unit.

(5)
Training Range is a resource requirement that supports weapons training events. The information comes from TC 25-8.

A-8. GUIDE TO THE UNIT STRATEGIES. This paragraph provides a guide to reading the collective, gunnery, and soldier components.
a. We will use the Battalion Staff and Headquarters company/detachment as our example (Figure A-1).
(1)
The top of the maneuver strategy lists the major training events. The order in which the events appear, from left to right, is not prescriptive. The events do follow a logical progression of how a unit might process through an annual training cycle. Explanations of these events are in FM 25-101 or the glossary of this MTP.

(2)
On the left side of the maneuver strategy is the column titled levels. This column lists the units covered by the strategy. The strategy in this appendix addresses the Battalion Staff and Headquarters Company/detachment and the Battalion HHC. There is a separate row for AC and RC units. Each column depicts the recommended frequency that a unit should conduct a specific training event within a year. For example, look at the training event, STAFFEX. Here, the recommended frequency for an AC, battalion staff to conduct a STAFFEX is 12 times a year.

b. The M16 Al/A2 matrix will be used for the gunnery/weapon strategy example.
NOTE: Gunnery/weapon strategies in the MTP cover only branch specific weapon systems. Some units, like the battalion staff, will not have specific gunnery/weapon strategies.
(1)
Gunnery/weapon strategies were developed by TRADOC schools that the STRAC manual identifies as the weapon's proponent. Because the Infantry branch is the proponent for the MI6, the Infantry school developed this strategy and it applies to all branches.

(2)
Training events are in the top position of the gunnery/weapon strategy. The levels or echelons that will train these tasks are on the left. On the M16 strategy, qualification for the M16 is conducted at the soldier level. The critical gates to be completed, before M16

A-5
DODDOA-007270
qualification, are in FM 23-9. The unit commander will ensure that the soldier trains those
requirements before moving on to qualification.
(3)
Frequency depicts how often the tasks listed in the upper part of the strategy should be conducted annually. Per guidance provided in the STRAC manual, the frequency block for the MI6 has two categories. Category I applies to soldiers with either an 11 B or an 11 M MOS assigned to an infantry rifle squad or a 19D or 11B assigned to a scout squad or long-range surveillance detachment. Category II applies to all combat arms, combat support and combat service support soldiers not assigned to rifle or infantry squads.

(4)
These two categories are subdivided by TRC IAW the STRAC manual. They are: TRC A = AC Units, TRC L = Light Infantry, Air Assault and Airborne Units, TRC S = Special Reaction Teams (AC, MP Teams), TRC C = RC Units, TRC D = USAR Training Division, Reception Stations and Separate Training Brigades, and NGB Training Cadre.

(5)
Training categories and training readiness conditions provide an all encompassing set of training frequencies. The M16 strategy recommends that a light infantry squad conduct three live fire exercises per year. The reserve component squads have no recommended frequency.

(6) OPTEMPO is not identified for M16 training.

(7)
Figures for ammunition are per DA Pam 350-38 (STRAC). Qualification with the M16 requires 160 rounds of ball and 20 rounds of tracer ammunition per weapon per year.

c. The final component is the soldier strategy.

(1)
The soldier strategy focuses on training common skills in a particular CMF Or can be focused on a single MOS.

(2)
Training events selected for the 88- are across the top of the strategy. The left column shows the recommended annual event frequency. The letter "A" represents AC soldiers. The letter "R" represents RC soldiers. Thus, in this example, the recommendation is for daily physical training for the active component 88- and monthly for the reserve component soldier.

Section HI. INTEGRATION OF CATS IN THE PLANNING PROCESS
A-9. INTEGRATING CATS. This portion of the appendix explains how to integrate CATS into the planning process. It focuses on long range planning that conducted at brigade and above. To understand how CATS fits into this process, a brief summary of Chapter 3 (Planning) from FM 25-101 has been provided.

A-10. THE PLANNING PROCESS.
a. Long Range Planning.
(1) Assessment. Assessments is the start of the long range planning process. Using their evaluations, the input of subordinate leaders and the results of training evaluations, commanders assess their unit's training level on METL tasks. The assessment serves as the basis for the commander's training strategy for sustainment and improvement training. Commanders at all levels do this assessment function. An integral part of the assessment is the identification of required training resources and shortfalls. The commander also must synchronize the actions of supporting units and agencies to ensure proper training execution.
(2) In creating their training strategy, commanders ensure that training:

Is METL focused.


Incorporates combined arms.


Identifies who, when and where to train.


Has a logical sequence of execution.


Identifies the type of exercise to be trained.


Determines the frequencies of a given task.


Coordinates all events.


Matches resources to requirements.

The strategy that meets these requirements results in the commander's training guidance.
(3)
Senior commanders (brigade and above) provide subordinate commanders with long range training calendars, the commander's training guidance, resources to train and protection from training distorters. Commanders often provide recommended training events frequency.

b.
Short-range Planning. The guidance that results from the long-range planning process is refined by the short-range planning process. Subordinate commanders use this guidance to create their training calendars. Guidance on the short-range training process can be found in the CATS appendix in the unit's MTP.

A-11. CATS AND THE PLANNING PROCESS. CATS serves the company commander as a training management and training resource identification tool. As a training management tool, it allows the company commander to more efficiently manage his training program, with limited resource availability. As a training resource identification tool, it identifies the resources within the Army's inventory to conduct training. The availability of those resources will vary, depending on your location.
a. Long-range Planning.
(1)
Assessment.

(2)
The CATS strategy--

A-7
DODDOA-007272

Is METL focused.


Incorporates combined arms.


Identifies who, when and where to train.


Has a logical sequence of execution.


Identifies the type of exercise to be trained.


Determines the frequencies of a given task.


Coordinates all events.


Matches resources to requirements.

(3)
CATS provides a convenient vehicle for the transmission of the commander's training guidance. It serves as the basis for the long range calendar. It provides subordinate commanders with recommended frequencies of training events.

(4)
EXECUTION. The following example shows how CATS could fit into the long-range training process.

b.
The Company/Detachment Maneuver Training Strategy lists the recommended frequencies for required annual training events. In particular, for the STX it lists 10 iterations. The optimal training frequency is for the company/detachment staff to train this event 10 times in a given year, 1 STX per month for 10 months. The frequencies listed in CATS would be trained as follows: 2 events per year--semiannual training; 4 events per year--quarterly training; 6 events per year--bimonthly training.

c.
Naturally, the training year may not support such a neat breakdown of training events. CATS gives you the flexibility to adjust the events to meet your particular requirements. A key point here is the idea of critical gates. As you can see, STX is a critical gate for FTX. You should conduct any event that is a critical gate, before conducting the more complex task. Gates serve to ensure that basic tasks essential to the successful performance of complex tasks are trained and evaluated prior to the performance of complex tasks. Critical gates may also serve as a type of preview or "rehearsal" for a follow-on training event.

d.
Assume that your commander has identified platoon leadership as a particular weakness in your unit. Your commander decides that he wants to run platoon STX exercises twice a month to train the platoon/section/crew/squad leadership elements.

e.
Using this guidance you simply go the company strategy and substitute 24 for 12. If the frequencies for the other events are acceptable, you now have a completed commander's strategy. In this manner a CATS base strategy is tailored to meet a commander's assessment and training needs.

f.
Short-range Planning. The application of CATS Battalion Staff and Headquarters Company/Detachment's unit training strategies to battalion short range planning and the battalion quarterly training calendar is seen as follows.

Recommended Company/Detachment Calendar Using CATS Maneuver Strategy.
1ST MONTH
.
WEEK 1 Drill Training (1)
.
WEEK 2 Cell/Staff/Section Training (1)
.
WEEK 3 Cell/Staff/Section Training (1)
.
WEEK 4 STX (2)
NOTES:
1.
The collective tasks trained during the weekly Cell/Staff/Section training periods support company METL tasks and are trained according to the commander's assessment and his priorities for staff training outlined in the CTG. Soldier training tasks trained during this month are soldier/leader supporting performance of the collective tasks to be trained during the weekly staff training sessions or the monthly STX.

2.
Performance of the STX substitutes for Cell/Staff/Section Training in week four (4).

2ND MONTH
WEEK 1 Cell/Staff/Section Training (1)
WEEK 2 Cell/Staff/Section Training (1)
WEEK 3 TOCEX (2)
WEEK 4 Cell/Staff/Section Training (3)
NOTES:

1.
Training during these weekly periods concentrates on staff METL tasks identified as priority in the CTG. Training time here could also be spent training tasks evaluated as NO GO during the 1st month's training period. Training exercises such as a LCXs or MCX can be used to drive training during these periods. LCXs and MCXs can also be used to enhance staff coordination.

2.
Performance of the TOCEX substitutes for performance of the monthly STAFFEX that would be conducted here. Commanders may have to modify or extend the training period of the TOCEX to include training tasks that would have been normally performed in the STAFFEX.

3.
Tasks trained here can be tasks rated as NO GO during the previous week's TOCEX.

A-9
3D MONTH

WEEK 1 Cell/Staff/Section Training
WEEK 2 TEWT (1)
WEEK 3 Cell/Staff/Section Training
WEEK 4 CPX (2)
NOTES:

1.
This TEWT substitutes for performance of the Cell/Staff/Section training that would normally be performed this week. Ideally, the TEWTs discussion points and learning objectives would be developed to support/reinforce collective tasks trained in the previous month's Cell/Staff/Section, STAFFEX OR TOCEX training periods. The commander may also structure the TEWT to train staff coordination and integration tasks as key for the upcoming CPX.

2.
Substitutes for performance of the STAFFEX that would normally be performed during the month.

As seen in the above, the commander structures his training program using recommended CATS training events, frequencies and critical gates to support METL training. Weekly or monthly training events can be conducted independently or integrated into other collective training exercises.
In scheduling training, the commander should take maximum advantage of higher headquarters directed events to accomplish his recommended CATS training events.
g. Horizontal and Vertical Integration. In executing this training strategy, the commander vertically integrates his training requirements with the battalion's/group's training requirements. Additionally, the company's training strategy is horizontally integrated with other companies in the battalion to ensure that combined arms training is effected.
APPENDIX B

BATTLEFIELD OPERATING SYSTEMS
B1. MANEUVER. The employment of forces on the battlefield through movement and direct
-
fires in combination with fire support, or fire potential to achieve a position of advantage in respect to enemy ground forces in order to accomplish the mission. This includes direct fire systems (such as small arms, tank guns, and attack helicopter fires).
a. Move. To position or reposition forces (units and equipment) relative to the enemy to secure or retain positional advantage making full use of terrain and formation. It is the dynamic element of combat--the means of concentrating forces at the critical point to achieve the surprise, psychological shock, physical momentum, and moral dominance which enables smaller forces to defeat larger ones. Units supporting combat maneuver units are included since they are expected to go wherever the combat unit goes.
NOTE: Movement of cargo, equipment, and personnel is covered under the Combat Service Support BOS.
b.
Engage Enemy. To enter into conflict or combat on the ground with the enemy using direct fire or close combat. Note: Air targets are covered in the Air Defense BOS.

c.
Control Terrain. To dominate an area to prevent enemy occupation of the position through fire, fire potential, or occupation of the terrain.

-
B2. FIRE SUPPORT. The collective and coordinated use of target acquisition data, indirect
fire weapons, armed aircraft (less attack helicopters) and other lethal and nonlethal means against ground targets in support of maneuver force operations (FM 6-20). It includes artillery, mortar and other non line-of-sight fires, naval countermeasures.
a.
Process Ground Targets. To select targets and match the appropriate response to them, taking account of operational requirements and capabilities.

b.
Engage Ground Targets. To enter into conflict with the enemy using fire support systems.

-
B3. AIR DEFENSE. All measures designed to nullify or reduce the effectiveness of attack by
hostile aircraft or missiles after they are airborne (FM 44-100).
a.
Process Air Targets. To select targets and match the appropriate response to them, taking account of operational requirements and capabilities.

b.
Attack Enemy Aircraft. To intercept, engage, destroy or neutralize enemy aircraft and missiles in flight.

c.
Deny Airspace. To prevent enemy use of airspace through fire potential or other means without direct attack of air targets (for example, deliberate smoke, barrage balloons).

B-1

DODDOA-007276
B-4. COMMAND AND CONTROL. The exercise of authority and direction by a properly designated commander over assigned forces in the accomplishment of the mission. Command and control functions are performed through an arrangement of personnel, equipment, facilities, and procedures employed by a commander in planning, directing, coordinating, and controlling forces and operations in the accomplishment of the mission.
a.
Acquire and Communicate Information and Maintain Status. To gain possession of information on the METT-T, and weather, by or for the commander or his staff, to translate the information into usable form and to retain and disseminate it.

b.
Assess Situation. To continuously evaluate information received through reports or the personal observations of the leader or commander to decide whether different actions are required from those that would result from the most recent orders issued.

c.
Determine Actions. To conduct the continuous process of making estimates and decisions for assigned or projected tasks. This function involves a detailed and systematic examination of all aspects of contemplated operations including deciding to alter planned or ongoing actions. This function also includes the formulation of the commander's concept and intent.

d.
Direct and Land Subordinate Forces. To provide direction to subordinate forces such as that they understand and contribute effectively and efficiently to the attainment of the commander's concept and intent. This function includes the preparation and completion of orders.

-
B5. INTELLIGENCE. That knowledge of the enemy, weather, and geographical features
required by a commander in planning and conducting combat operations. It is derived from an analysis of information on the enemy's environments (FM 101 -5-1).
a. Collect Information. To obtain information in any manner.
b.
Process Information. To convert information into intelligence through collation, evaluation, analysis, integration, and interpretation.

c.
Prepare Intelligence Reports. To develop and produce standard reports and IPB products for the commander's use the report intelligence or information, to task intelligence assets, or to receive information, intelligence orders, or instructions.

-
B6. MOBILITY AND SURVIVABILITY. The capability of the force that permits freedom
of movement relative to the enemy while retaining the ability to fulfill its primary mission. It also includes those measures that the force takes to remain viable and functional by protection from the effects of enemy weapon systems and natural occurrences.
a.
Provide Mobility. To provide freedom of movement for personnel and equipment on the battlefield without delays due to terrain or obstacles.

b.
Provide Countermobility. To delay, channel, or stop offensive movement by the enemy in order to destroy his forces directly or indirectly by enhancing the effectiveness of friendly indirect and direct weapon systems.

-
B2
DODDOA-007277
c. Enhance Survivability. To protect personnel, equipment, and supplies for enemy systems and natural occurrences while simultaneously deceiving the enemy.
B7. COMBAT SERVICE SUPPORT. The support and assistance provided to sustain forces,
-
primarily in the fields of logistics, personnel services, and health services.
a.
Arm. To provide munitions to weapon systems. This encompasses all types of ammunition to include mines and demolition munitions.

b.
Fuel. To provide fuel and petroleum products (petroleum, oils, and lubricants) to weapon systems and other equipment.

c.
Fix. To preserve the availability of weapon systems and equipment. It includes providing repair parts and end items at the right place and time, and all the actions taken before, during, and after battle to keep equipment operational.

d.
Man the Force. To provide all support to the individual soldier as well as provide healthy, fit soldiers to units.

e.
Distribute. To provide the various classes of supplies to military units by employing transportation and supply services.

f.
Provide Sustainment Engineering. To repair and construct facilities and lines of communications.

g.
Provide Military Police Support. To provide enemy prisoner of war collection, evacuation and internment; and to enforce military law and order.

B-3

DODDOA-007278
GLOSSARY
AACG arrival airfield control group AAR after action report AC active component A/DACG arrival/departure airfield control group ADC area damage control AFFS Army Field Feeding System ALCE airlift control element AM amplitude modulated AO area of operations AOAP Army Oil Analysis Program APOD aerial port of debarkation APOE aerial port of embarkation AR Army regulation ARCS Army Ration Credit System ARTEP Army Training and Evaluation Program arty artillery A/SPOE aerial/sea port of embarkation ATK attack ATMCT air terminal movement control team ATTN attention ATWESS antitank weapon system simulator AUEL automated unit equipment list BBPCT blocking, bracing, packing, crating, and tie down BBS Brigade Battle Simulation BCOC base cluster operations center BDAR battle damage assessment and repair BLTM Battalion Level Training Model Bn battalion BOS battlefield operating systems C2 command and control cal caliber CAS close air support CATS combined arms training strategy Cdr commander CFX command field exercise CHE container handling equipment CMF career management field CODES Computerized Deployment System COMEX communications exercise COMMZ communications zone COMSEC communications security CONUS continental United States COSCOM corps support command CP command post CPR cardiovascular pulmonary resuscitation CPX command post exercise CQ charge of quarters
Glossary-1
CS chemical smoke
CSS combat service support
CTA common tables of allowances
CTG command training guidance
DA Department of the Army
DACG departure airfield control group
D.C. District of Columbia DEL deployment equipment list DISCOM division support command DS direct support DS2 decontaminating solution number 2 ECCM electronic counter-countermeasures EEFI essential elements of friendly information ELSEC electronic security EOD explosive ordnance disposal EPW enemy prisoner of war EW electronic warfare F Fahrenheit FASCAM family of scatterable mines FM field manual; frequency modulated 1SG first sergeant FRAGO fragmentary order FSS fast sealift ship FTX field training exercise GRREG graves registration GS general support HHC headquarters and headquarters company HN host nation HQ headquarters hr hour(s) IAW in accordance with INTSUM intelligence summary IPB installation property book ITO Installation Transportation Officer JCS joint chief of staff KCLFF Kitchen Company Level Field Feeding MA killed in action LAW light antitank weapon LCX Logistics Coordination Exercise LIN Line Item Number LOGMARS Logistics Application of Automated Marking and Reading Symbols LO/LO lift-on/lift-off LOTS logistics over the shore LP listening post LTA local training area MA marshaling area MACOM major Army command MAPEX map exercise MCSR material condition status report
MCT movement control team
MCX Movement Control Exercise
MEDEVAC medical evacuation
METL mission essential task list
METT-T mission, enemy, terrain, troops and time available
MHE material handling equipment
MIDI military intelligence jamming instructions
MIL master incident list
MILES Multiple Integrated Laser Engagement System
min minute(s)
MKT mobile kitchen trailer
mm millimeter
MMC Materiel Management Center
MOPP mission-oriented protection posture
MOS military occupational specialty
MOUT military operations on urban terrain
MP military police; multiple purpose
MQS military qualification standard
MSR main supply route
MST maintenance support team
MTMC Military Traffic Management Command
MTOE modified tables of equipment
MTP mission training plan
NBC nuclear, biological, chemical
NCO noncommissioned officer
NCOIC noncommissioned officer in charge
NCS net control station
NGB National Guard Bureau
NLT not later than
No. number
NRI net radio interface
OC observer controller
OCONUS outside continental United States
OEG operational exposure guidance
OIC officer in charge
OP observation post
OPCON operational control
OPFOR opposing force
OPLAN operation plan
OPORD operation order
OPSEC operations security
OPTEMPO operating tempo
Pam pamphlet
PEWS platoon early warning system
PIR priority intelligence requirement
PLL prescribed load list
PMCS preventive maintenance checks and services
POC point of contact
POD port of debarkation
Glossary-3
TAMCA Theater Army Movement Control Agency TAMMS The Army Maintenance Management System TB technical bulletin TC training circular TC-ACCIS Transportation Coordinator-Automated Command and Control Information Systems TCF tactical combat force TCMD transportation control movement document TEWT tactical exercise without troops TG trainer's guide TISA Troop Issue Subsistence Activity TM technical manual TMCA Training Management Control System tng training TOCEX tactical operations center exercise TOE table(s) of organization and equipment T&EO training and evaluation outline TOLS Terminals On-Line System TRADOC United States Army Training and Doctrine Command TRC training readiness conditions TSOP tactical standing operating procedures UCMJ Uniform Code of Military Justice ULC underwriters laboratory code UMA unit marshaling area UMC unit movement officer UMO unit movement officer US United States (of America) USA United States Army USACASCOM United States Army Combined Arms Support Command USAR United States Army Reserve USDA United States Department of Agriculture USMTF United States Message Text Format USR unit status report VA Virginia wpn weapon XO executive officer
Glossary-5
REFERENCES
SOURCES USED
These are the sources quoted or paraphrased in this publication.
AR 5-12. Army Management of the Electromagnetic Spectrum. 1 October 1997 AR 40-5. Preventive Medicine. 15 October 1990. AR 190-11. Physical Security of Arms, Ammunition and Explosives. 30 September 1993. AR 220-1. Unit Status Reporting. 31 July 1993. AR 220-10. Preparation for Oversea Movement of Units (POM). 15 June 1973. AR 380-5. Department of the Army Information Security Program. 25 February 1988. AR 385-10. Army Safety Program. 23 May 1988. AR 380-40. (0) Policy for Safeguarding and Controlling Communications Security (COMSEC) Material. 1 September 1994. AR 530-1. Operations Security (OPSEC). 3 March 1995. AR 700-84. Issue and Sale of Personal Clothing. 15 May 1983. AR 700-138. Army Logistics Readiness and Sustainability. 16 June 1993. AR 710-2. Inventory Management Supply Policy Below the Wholesale Level. 31 January 1992. AR 750-1. Army Materiel Maintenance Policy and Retail Maintenance Operations.
1 August 1994.
ARTEP 55-816-MTP. Mission Training Plan for Headquarters, Transportation Terminal Battalion. 10 September 1993. DA Form 2028. Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms. 1 February 1974. DA Form 2063-R. Prescribed Load List. January 1982. DA Form 2406. Materiel Condition Status Report. April 1993. DA Pamphlet 350-38. Standards in Weapons Training. 15 February 1993. DA Pamphlet 350-39. Standards in Weapons Training (Special Operations Forces).
30 September 1993. DA Pamphlet 710-2-1. Using Unit Supply System (Manual Procedures). 1 January 1982. DA Pamphlet 738-750. Functional Users Manual for the Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS). 1 August 1994. DA Pamphlet 750-35. Guide for Motor Pool Operations. 1 August 1994. DOD 4500.9-R, Part HI. Defense Transportation Regulation (Mobility). April 1997 DOD 4500.32-R VOL 1. Military Standard Transportation and Movement Procedures.
15 March 1987.
DOD 4500.32-R VOL 2. Military Standard Transportation and Movement Procedures (MILSTAMP): Transportation Account Codes (TACS). 15 February 1987. FM 3-3. Chemical and Biological Contamination Avoidance. 16 November 1992. FM 3-4. NBC Protection. 29 May 1992. FM 3-5. NBC Decontamination. 17 November 1993. FM 3-6. Field Behavior of NBC Agents (Including Smoke and Incendiaries). 3 November 1986. FM 3-100. Chemical Operations Principles and Fundamentals. 8 May 1996. FM 6-20. Fire Support in the AirLand Battle. 17 May 1988. FM 7-8. Infantry Rifle Platoon and Squad. 22 April 1992. FM 7-10. The Infantry Rifle Company. 14 December 1990. FM 7-20. The Infantry Battalion. 6 April 1992. FM 7-30. The Infantry Brigade. 3 October 1995.
• References-1
DODDOA-007283
FM 8-10-6. Medical Evacuation in a Theater of Operations, Tactics, Techniques, and
Procedures. 31 October 1991. FM 8-55. Planning for Health Service Support. 9 September 1994. FM 8-285. Treatment of Chemical Agent Casualties and Conventional Military Chemical Injuries. 22 December 1995.
FM 9-43-1. Maintenance Operations and Procedures. 21 February 1997
FM 9-43-2. Recovery and Battlefield Damage Assessment and Repair. 3 October 1995.
FM 10-23. Basic Doctrine for Army Field Feeding and Class I Operations Management. 18 April 1996. FM 10-23-1. Commander's Guide to Food Service Operations. 17 March 1992. FM 10-27-2. Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Quartermaster Direct Support Supply and Field Service Operations. 18 June 1991.
FM 10-27-3. Tactics, Techniques and Procedures for Quartermaster Headquarters Operations. 30 October 1990. FM 12-6. Personnel Doctrine. 9 September 1994. FM 19-4. Military Police Battlefield Circulation Control, Area Security, and Enemy Prisoner of War Operations. 7 May 1993.
FM 19-30. Physical Security. 1 March 1979.
FM 19-40. Enemy Prisoners of War, Civilian Internees and Detained Persons. 27 February 1976.
FM 20-3. Camouflage. 14 November 1990.
FM 20-31. Electric Power Generation in the Field. 9 October 1987.
FM 21-10. Field Hygiene and Sanitation. 22 November 1988.
FM 21-10-1. Unit Field Sanitation Team. 11 October 1989.
FM 21-11. First Aid for Soldiers. 27 October 1988.
FM 21-75. Combat Skills of the Soldier. 3 August 1984.
FM 22-9. Soldier Performance in Continuous Operations. 12 December 1991.
FM 22-51. Leaders' Manual for Combat Stress Control. 29 September 1994.
FM 23-9. M16A1 Rifle and M16A2 Rifle Marksmanship. 3 July 1989.
FM 23-67. Machinegun, 7.62-MM, M60. 29 February 1984.
FM 24-1. Sigral Support in the Airland Battle. 15 October 1990.
FM 24-33. Communications Techniques: Electronic Counter-Countermeasures. 17 July 1990.
FM 24-35. (0) Signal Operation Instructions "The SOI". 2 October 1990.
FM 24-35-1. (0) Signal Supplemental Instructions. 2 October 1990.
FM 25-100. Training the Force. 15 November 1988.
FM 25-101. Battle Focused Training. 30 September 1990.
FM 34-54. Battlefield Technical Intelligence. 5 April 1990.
FM 44-8. Small Unit Self-Defense Against Air Attack. 30 December 1981.
FM 44-80. Visual Aircraft Recognition. 30 September 1996.
FM 44-100. US Army Air Defense Operations. 15 June 1995.
FM 55-9. Unit Air Movement Planning. 5 April 1993.
FM 55-10. Movement Control in a Theater of Operations. 8 December 1992.
FM 55-17. Terminal Operations Coordinator's Handbook. 9 September 1990.
FM 55-30. Army Motor Transport Units and Operations. 27 June 1997.
FM 55-60. Army Terminal Operations. 15 April 1996.
FM 55-65. Strategic Deployment. 3 October 1995.
FM 57-38. Pathfinder Operations. 9 April 1993.
FM 63-2-1. Division Support Command Light Infantry, Airborne, and Air Assault Divisions.
16 November 1992.
FM 71-2. The Tank and Mechanized Infantry Battalion Task Force. 27 September 1988.
FM 71-3. The Armored and Mechanized Infantry Brigade. 8 January 1996.
FM 90-26. Airborne Operations. 18 December 1990.
FM 100-5. Operations. 14 June 1993.
FM 100-15. Corps Operation. 13 September 1989.
FM 100-17. Mobilization, Deployment, Redeployment, Demobilization. 28 October 1992.
FM 101-5. Staff Organization and Operations. 25 May 1984.
FM 101-5-1. Operational Terms and Symbols. 21 October 1985.
MTMC REG 25-1. Information Management Policy. 1 July 1996.
STP 9-63B12-SM. Soldier's Manual, MOS 63B, Light Wheel Vehicle Mechanic, Skill Level 1/2.
17 September 1990.
STP 9-63B35-SM-TG. Soldier's Manual and Trainer's Guide, MOS 63B, Light Wheel Vehicle Mechanic, Skill Level 3/4/5. 3 October 1990. STP 10-94131-SM. Soldiers Manual, MOS 94B, Food Service Specialist, Skill Level 1.
18 March 1993.
STP 10-94B25-SM-TG. Soldiers Manual and Trainers Guide for MOS 94B, Food Service Specialist, Skill Levels 2/3/4/5. 18 March 1993. STP 21-I-MQS. Military Qualification Standards I Manual of Common Tasks (Precommissioning Requirements). 31 May 1990. STP 21-H-MQS. Military Qualification Standards II Manual of Command Tasks for (Lieutenants and Captains). 31 January 1991. STP 21-1-SMCT. Soldier's Manual of Common Tasks, Skill Level 1. 1 October 1994. STP 21-24-SMCT. Soldier's Manual of Common Tasks (SMCT) Skill Levels 2-4.
1 October 1992.
STP 55-8811-MQS. Military Qualification Standard II, Transportation Corps (88), Company Grade Officer's Manual. 30 September 1991. STP 55-88M12-SM. Soldier's Manual, MOS 88M, Motor Transport Operator, Skill Levels 1/2.
23 December 1993.
STP 55-88M34-SM-TG. Soldier's Manual and Trainer's Guide, MOS 88M, Motor Transport Operator Skill Levels 3/4. 23 December 1993. STP 55-88N24-SM-TG. Soldier's Manual, Skill Levels 2/3/4 and Trainer's Guide, MOS 88N, Traffic Management Coordinator. 12 July 1993. TB 55-46-1. Standard Characteristics (Dimensions, Weight, and Cube) for Transportability of Military Vehicles and Other Outsize/Overweight Equipment. 1 January 1996. TC 5-400. Unit Leaders' Handbook for Environmental Stewardship. 29 September 1994. TC 24-20. Tactical Wire and Cable Techniques. 3 October 1988. TC 25-1. Training Land. 30 September 1991. TC 25-8. Training Ranges. 25 February 1992. TM 38-250. Preparing Hazardous Materials for Military Air Shipments. 25 November 1994.
References-3
QUESTIONNAIRE MISSION TRAINING PLAN (MTP) USER FEED
User feedback is an important link in the process of improving training publications. Your recommendations are requested to improve this training publication. To make it easier to make recommendations, a standard questionnaire has been provided. Please answer all questions frankly and mail to Commander, USACASCOM, Training Directorate, ATTN: ATCL-AT, Fort Lee, VA 23801-6000.
MTP NUMBER. DATE.
MTP TITLE
THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS PERTAIN TO YOU:
1.
What is your position (CO, Plt Sgt. etc.)? .

2.
How long have you served in this position?.

3.
How long have you served in this unit? .

4.
What is your component? .

5.
What is your unit?.A. CONUS.B. USAREUR

C. WESTCOM.D. 8TH USA
E. Other (specify).
THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS ARE ABOUT THE MTP IN GENERAL:
6. How do you feel this document has affected training in your unit when compared to other training products?
A. Has made training worse..
B. Has made training better..
C. Has had no effect on training. .
D. Do not know or do not have an opinion..
Questionnaire-1 DODDOA-007286
7. How easy is the document to use, compared to other training products?
A. More difficult..
B. Easier. .
C. About the same..
D. Do not know or do not have an opinion. .
8. What part of the MTP document was least useful?
A. Chapter 1, Unit Training. .
B. Chapter 2, Training Matrix..
C. Chapter 3, Mission Outline. .
D. Chapter 4, Training Exercises..
E. Chapter 5, Training and Evaluation Outlines ..
F. Chapter 6, External Evaluation. .
G. Do not know or do not have an opinion..
Questionnaire-2
9. What part of the MTP document was most useful?
A. Chapter 1, Unit Training..
B. Chapter 2, Training Matrix..
C. Chapter 3, Mission Outline..
D. Chapter 4, Training Exercises..
E. Chapter 5, Training and Evaluation Outlines . .
F. Chapter 6, External Evaluation. .
G. Do not know or do not have an opinion..
10. What is the most difficult pan of the MTP to understand?
A. Chapter 1, Unit Training..
B. Chapter 2, Training Matrix..
C. Chapter 3, Mission Outline..
D. Chapter 4, Training Exercises ..
Questionnaire-3
E. Chapter 5, Training and Evaluation Outlines..
F. Chapter 6, External Evaluation. .
G. Do not know or do not have an opinion
..
11. What is the easiest part of the MTP to understand?
A. Chapter 1, Unit Training..
B. Chapter 2, Training Matrix. .
C. Chapter 3, Mission Outline. .
D. Chapter 4, Training Exercises. .
E. Chapter 5, Training and Evaluation Outlines ..
F. Chapter 6, External Evaluation. .
G. Do not know or do not have an opinion. .

THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS PERTAIN TO THE TRAINING EXERCISES: STX AND FTX.
12. The exercises are designed to prepare the unit to accomplish its wartime mission. In your opinion, how well do they fulfill this intended purpose?
A. They do not prepare the unit at all. .
B. They help but only provide 20 percent or less of my unit's training requirements.
C. They help but only provide 21 to 50 percent of my unit's training requirements.
D. They help but only provide 51 to 80 percent of my unit's training requirements.
E. They provide 81 percent or more of my unit's training requirements.
13.
Would you recommend that any STX or FTX be added or deleted from the MTP (specify FTX or STX)?

14.
What was the greatest problem you experienced with the exercises?

A. Too many pages..
B. Hard to read and understand. .
C. Needs more illustrations. .
D. Needs more information on how to set up the exercises. .
E. Needs more information on leader training. .
F. Needs more information on how to conduct the exercises ..
G. Needs more information on support and resources. .
H. Needs more information on normally attached elements.
I. Does not interface well with other training products, such as battle drills. .
J. Do not know or do not have an opinion..

15.
What was the second greatest problem you experienced with the exercises?

A. Too many pages..
B. Hard to read and understand. .
C. Needs more illustrations..
D. Needs more information on how to set up the exercises. .
E. Needs more information on leader training. .
F. Needs more information on how to conduct the exercises. .
G. Needs more information on support and resources. .
H. Needs more information on normally attached elements. .
I. Does not interface well with other training products. .
J. Do not know or do not have an opinion. .

16.
How many STXs or FTXs have you trained personnel in or participated in personally?

Questionnaire-7

THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS APPLY TO CHAPTERS 5 AND 6 OF THE MTP:
17. What changes would you make to Chapter 5, Training and Evaluation Outlines?
A. Leave it out..
B. Clarify how to use this chapter with the training exercises. .
C.Clarify how to use this chapter without the training exercises. .
D. The standards are too detailed..
E.The standards are not too detailed enough. .
F. The standards do not adequately address those elements that are normally attached in wartime.
G. Do not change; chapter is fine..
H. Do not know or do not have an opinion..
18. What changes would you make to Chapter 6, External Evaluation?
A. Leave it out..
B. Clarify how to use this chapter with the training exercises. .
C. Clarify how to use this chapter without the training exercises. .
D. The standards are too detailed..
E. The standards are not detailed enough. .
F. The standards do not adequately address those elements that are normally attached in wartime..
G. Do not change; chapter is fine..
H. Do not know or do not have an opinion..
19. Additional Comments..
Questionnaire-9

Doc_nid: 
2619
Doc_type_num: 
75